1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2020 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/ethtool.h> 14 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 15 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 16 #include <linux/list.h> 17 #include <linux/bug.h> 18 #include <linux/netlink.h> 19 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 20 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 21 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 22 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 23 #include <linux/net.h> 24 #include <net/regulatory.h> 25 26 /** 27 * DOC: Introduction 28 * 29 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 30 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 31 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 32 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 33 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 34 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 35 * 36 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 37 * use restrictions. 38 */ 39 40 41 /** 42 * DOC: Device registration 43 * 44 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 45 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 46 * described below. 47 * 48 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 49 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 50 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 51 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 52 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 53 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 54 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 55 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 56 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 57 * 58 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 59 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 60 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 61 */ 62 63 struct wiphy; 64 65 /* 66 * wireless hardware capability structures 67 */ 68 69 /** 70 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 71 * 72 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 73 * 74 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 75 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 76 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 78 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 79 * is not permitted. 80 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 81 * is not permitted. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 83 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 84 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 85 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 86 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 87 * restrictions. 88 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 89 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 90 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 91 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 92 * restrictions. 93 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 94 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 95 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 96 * on this channel. 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 98 * on this channel. 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 100 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted 101 * on this channel. 102 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted 103 * on this channel. 104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted 105 * on this channel. 106 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted 107 * on this channel. 108 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted 109 * on this channel. 110 * 111 */ 112 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 113 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 114 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 115 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 116 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 117 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 118 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 119 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 120 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 121 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 122 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 123 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 124 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 125 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 126 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13, 127 IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = 1<<14, 128 IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = 1<<15, 129 IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = 1<<16, 130 IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = 1<<17, 131 IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = 1<<18, 132 }; 133 134 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 135 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 136 137 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 138 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 139 140 /** 141 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 142 * 143 * This structure describes a single channel for use 144 * with cfg80211. 145 * 146 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 147 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz 148 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 149 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 150 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 151 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 152 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 153 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 154 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 155 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 156 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 157 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 158 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 159 * @orig_mag: internal use 160 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 161 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 162 * on this channel. 163 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 164 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 165 */ 166 struct ieee80211_channel { 167 enum nl80211_band band; 168 u32 center_freq; 169 u16 freq_offset; 170 u16 hw_value; 171 u32 flags; 172 int max_antenna_gain; 173 int max_power; 174 int max_reg_power; 175 bool beacon_found; 176 u32 orig_flags; 177 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 178 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 179 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 180 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 181 }; 182 183 /** 184 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 185 * 186 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 187 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 188 * different bands/PHY modes. 189 * 190 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 191 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 192 * with CCK rates. 193 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 194 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 195 * core code when registering the wiphy. 196 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 197 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 198 * core code when registering the wiphy. 199 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 200 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 201 * core code when registering the wiphy. 202 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 203 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 204 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 205 */ 206 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 207 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 208 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 209 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 210 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 211 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 212 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 213 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 214 }; 215 216 /** 217 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 218 * 219 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 220 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 221 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 222 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 223 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 224 */ 225 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 226 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 227 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 228 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 229 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 230 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 231 }; 232 233 /** 234 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 235 * 236 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 237 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 238 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 239 */ 240 enum ieee80211_privacy { 241 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 242 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 243 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 244 }; 245 246 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 247 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 248 249 /** 250 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 251 * 252 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 253 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 254 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 255 * passed around. 256 * 257 * @flags: rate-specific flags 258 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 259 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 260 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 261 * short preamble is used 262 */ 263 struct ieee80211_rate { 264 u32 flags; 265 u16 bitrate; 266 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 267 }; 268 269 /** 270 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 271 * 272 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 273 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. 274 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset 275 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 276 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 277 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by 278 * members of the SRG 279 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values 280 * used by members of the SRG 281 */ 282 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 283 bool enable; 284 u8 sr_ctrl; 285 u8 non_srg_max_offset; 286 u8 min_offset; 287 u8 max_offset; 288 u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; 289 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; 290 }; 291 292 /** 293 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 294 * 295 * @color: the current color. 296 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used 297 * @partial: define the AID equation. 298 */ 299 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 300 u8 color; 301 bool enabled; 302 bool partial; 303 }; 304 305 /** 306 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 307 * 308 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 309 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 310 * 311 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 312 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 313 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 314 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 315 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 316 */ 317 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 318 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 319 bool ht_supported; 320 u8 ampdu_factor; 321 u8 ampdu_density; 322 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 323 }; 324 325 /** 326 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 327 * 328 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 329 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 330 * 331 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 332 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 333 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 334 */ 335 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 336 bool vht_supported; 337 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 338 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 339 }; 340 341 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 342 343 /** 344 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 345 * 346 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 347 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 348 * 349 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 350 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 351 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 352 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 353 */ 354 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 355 bool has_he; 356 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 357 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 358 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 359 }; 360 361 /** 362 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data 363 * 364 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 365 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 366 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 367 * 368 * @types_mask: interface types mask 369 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 370 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a 371 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). 372 */ 373 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 374 u16 types_mask; 375 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 376 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; 377 }; 378 379 /** 380 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 381 * 382 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 383 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 384 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 385 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 386 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 387 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 388 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 389 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 390 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 391 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 392 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 393 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 394 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 395 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 396 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 397 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 398 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 399 */ 400 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 401 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 402 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 403 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 404 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 405 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 406 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 407 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 408 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 409 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 410 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 411 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 412 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 413 }; 414 415 /** 416 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 417 * 418 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 419 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 420 * 421 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 422 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 423 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 424 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 425 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 426 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 427 */ 428 struct ieee80211_edmg { 429 u8 channels; 430 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 431 }; 432 433 /** 434 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities 435 * 436 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 437 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. 438 * 439 * @s1g_supported: is STA an S1G STA 440 * @cap: S1G capabilities information 441 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set 442 */ 443 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { 444 bool s1g; 445 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ 446 u8 nss_mcs[5]; 447 }; 448 449 /** 450 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 451 * 452 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 453 * is able to operate in. 454 * 455 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with 456 * in this band. 457 * @band: the band this structure represents 458 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 459 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 460 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 461 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 462 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 463 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 464 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 465 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band 466 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 467 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course) 468 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 469 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 470 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 471 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 472 * iftype_data). 473 */ 474 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 475 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 476 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 477 enum nl80211_band band; 478 int n_channels; 479 int n_bitrates; 480 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 481 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 482 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; 483 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 484 u16 n_iftype_data; 485 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 486 }; 487 488 /** 489 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 490 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 491 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 492 * 493 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 494 */ 495 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 496 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 497 u8 iftype) 498 { 499 int i; 500 501 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 502 return NULL; 503 504 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 505 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 506 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 507 508 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 509 return data; 510 } 511 512 return NULL; 513 } 514 515 /** 516 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 517 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 518 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 519 * 520 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 521 */ 522 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 523 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 524 u8 iftype) 525 { 526 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 527 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 528 529 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 530 return &data->he_cap; 531 532 return NULL; 533 } 534 535 /** 536 * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA 537 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 538 * 539 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 540 */ 541 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 542 ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband) 543 { 544 return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION); 545 } 546 547 /** 548 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities 549 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 550 * @iftype: the iftype to search for 551 * 552 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities 553 */ 554 static inline __le16 555 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 556 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 557 { 558 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 559 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 560 561 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) 562 return 0; 563 564 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; 565 } 566 567 /** 568 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 569 * 570 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 571 * 572 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 573 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 574 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 575 * 576 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 577 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 578 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 579 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 580 * without affecting other devices. 581 * 582 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 583 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 584 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 585 */ 586 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 587 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 588 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 589 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 590 { 591 } 592 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 593 594 595 /* 596 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 597 */ 598 599 /** 600 * DOC: Actions and configuration 601 * 602 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 603 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 604 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 605 * operations use are described separately. 606 * 607 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 608 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 609 * 610 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 611 * in a separate chapter. 612 */ 613 614 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 615 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 616 617 /** 618 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 619 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 620 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 621 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 622 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 623 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 624 * determine the address as needed. 625 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 626 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 627 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 628 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 629 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 630 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 631 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 632 */ 633 struct vif_params { 634 u32 flags; 635 int use_4addr; 636 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 637 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 638 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 639 }; 640 641 /** 642 * struct key_params - key information 643 * 644 * Information about a key 645 * 646 * @key: key material 647 * @key_len: length of key material 648 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 649 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 650 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 651 * length given by @seq_len. 652 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 653 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 654 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 655 */ 656 struct key_params { 657 const u8 *key; 658 const u8 *seq; 659 int key_len; 660 int seq_len; 661 u16 vlan_id; 662 u32 cipher; 663 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 664 }; 665 666 /** 667 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 668 * @chan: the (control) channel 669 * @width: channel width 670 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 671 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 672 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 673 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 674 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 675 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 676 * parameters are ignored. 677 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz 678 */ 679 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 680 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 681 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 682 u32 center_freq1; 683 u32 center_freq2; 684 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 685 u16 freq1_offset; 686 }; 687 688 /* 689 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 690 */ 691 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 692 struct { 693 u32 legacy; 694 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 695 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 696 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 697 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 698 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; 699 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; 700 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 701 }; 702 703 704 /** 705 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 706 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 707 * of the peer. 708 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 709 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 710 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 711 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 712 * @retry_long: retry count value 713 * @retry_short: retry count value 714 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 715 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 716 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 717 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type 718 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID 719 */ 720 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 721 bool config_override; 722 u8 tids; 723 u64 mask; 724 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 725 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 726 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 727 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 728 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; 729 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; 730 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; 731 }; 732 733 /** 734 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 735 * @peer: Station's MAC address 736 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 737 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 738 */ 739 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 740 const u8 *peer; 741 u32 n_tid_conf; 742 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[]; 743 }; 744 745 /** 746 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 747 * @chandef: the channel definition 748 * 749 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 750 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 751 */ 752 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 753 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 754 { 755 switch (chandef->width) { 756 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 757 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 758 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 759 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 760 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 761 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 762 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 763 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 764 default: 765 WARN_ON(1); 766 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 767 } 768 } 769 770 /** 771 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 772 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 773 * @channel: the control channel 774 * @chantype: the channel type 775 * 776 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 777 */ 778 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 779 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 780 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 781 782 /** 783 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 784 * @chandef1: first channel definition 785 * @chandef2: second channel definition 786 * 787 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 788 * identical, %false otherwise. 789 */ 790 static inline bool 791 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 792 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 793 { 794 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 795 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 796 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 797 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && 798 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 799 } 800 801 /** 802 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 803 * 804 * @chandef: the channel definition 805 * 806 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 807 */ 808 static inline bool 809 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 810 { 811 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 812 } 813 814 /** 815 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 816 * @chandef1: first channel definition 817 * @chandef2: second channel definition 818 * 819 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 820 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 821 */ 822 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 823 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 824 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 825 826 /** 827 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 828 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 829 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 830 */ 831 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 832 833 /** 834 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 835 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 836 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 837 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 838 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 839 */ 840 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 841 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 842 u32 prohibited_flags); 843 844 /** 845 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 846 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 847 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 848 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 849 * Returns: 850 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 851 */ 852 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 853 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 854 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 855 856 /** 857 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 858 * 859 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 860 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 861 * 862 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 863 * 864 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 865 */ 866 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 867 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 868 { 869 switch (chandef->width) { 870 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 871 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 872 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 873 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 874 default: 875 break; 876 } 877 return 0; 878 } 879 880 /** 881 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 882 * 883 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 884 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 885 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 886 * 887 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 888 * 889 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 890 */ 891 static inline int 892 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 893 { 894 switch (chandef->width) { 895 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 896 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 897 chandef->chan->max_power); 898 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 899 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 900 chandef->chan->max_power); 901 default: 902 break; 903 } 904 return chandef->chan->max_power; 905 } 906 907 /** 908 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 909 * 910 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 911 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 912 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 913 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 914 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 915 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 916 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 917 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 918 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 919 * 920 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 921 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 922 */ 923 enum survey_info_flags { 924 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 925 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 926 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 927 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 928 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 929 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 930 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 931 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 932 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 933 }; 934 935 /** 936 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 937 * 938 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 939 * record to report global statistics 940 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 941 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 942 * optional 943 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 944 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 945 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 946 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 947 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 948 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 949 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 950 * 951 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 952 * 953 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 954 * channel duty cycle etc. 955 */ 956 struct survey_info { 957 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 958 u64 time; 959 u64 time_busy; 960 u64 time_ext_busy; 961 u64 time_rx; 962 u64 time_tx; 963 u64 time_scan; 964 u64 time_bss_rx; 965 u32 filled; 966 s8 noise; 967 }; 968 969 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 970 971 /** 972 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 973 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 974 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 975 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 976 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 977 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 978 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 979 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 980 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 981 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 982 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 983 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 984 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 985 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 986 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 987 * protocol frames. 988 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 989 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 990 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 991 * port for mac80211 992 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 993 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 994 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 995 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 996 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 997 * offload) 998 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 999 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: 1000 * 1001 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED 1002 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any 1003 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in 1004 * such a scenario. 1005 * 1006 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK 1007 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only 1008 * 1009 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT 1010 * Allow hash-to-element only 1011 * 1012 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH 1013 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element 1014 */ 1015 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 1016 u32 wpa_versions; 1017 u32 cipher_group; 1018 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 1019 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 1020 int n_akm_suites; 1021 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES]; 1022 bool control_port; 1023 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 1024 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 1025 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1026 bool control_port_no_preauth; 1027 struct key_params *wep_keys; 1028 int wep_tx_key; 1029 const u8 *psk; 1030 const u8 *sae_pwd; 1031 u8 sae_pwd_len; 1032 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; 1033 }; 1034 1035 /** 1036 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 1037 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 1038 * or %NULL if not changed 1039 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 1040 * or %NULL if not changed 1041 * @head_len: length of @head 1042 * @tail_len: length of @tail 1043 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 1044 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 1045 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 1046 * frames or %NULL 1047 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 1048 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 1049 * Response frames or %NULL 1050 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 1051 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 1052 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 1053 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 1054 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 1055 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 1056 * (measurement type 8) 1057 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 1058 * Token (measurement type 11) 1059 * @lci_len: LCI data length 1060 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 1061 */ 1062 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 1063 const u8 *head, *tail; 1064 const u8 *beacon_ies; 1065 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 1066 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 1067 const u8 *probe_resp; 1068 const u8 *lci; 1069 const u8 *civicloc; 1070 s8 ftm_responder; 1071 1072 size_t head_len, tail_len; 1073 size_t beacon_ies_len; 1074 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 1075 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 1076 size_t probe_resp_len; 1077 size_t lci_len; 1078 size_t civicloc_len; 1079 }; 1080 1081 struct mac_address { 1082 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 1083 }; 1084 1085 /** 1086 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 1087 * 1088 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 1089 * entry specified by mac_addr 1090 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 1091 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 1092 */ 1093 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 1094 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 1095 int n_acl_entries; 1096 1097 /* Keep it last */ 1098 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 1099 }; 1100 1101 /** 1102 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from 1103 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 1104 * 1105 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1106 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1107 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1108 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action 1109 * frame headers. 1110 */ 1111 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { 1112 u32 min_interval; 1113 u32 max_interval; 1114 size_t tmpl_len; 1115 const u8 *tmpl; 1116 }; 1117 1118 /** 1119 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe 1120 * response parameters in 6GHz. 1121 * 1122 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned 1123 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive 1124 * scanning 1125 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1126 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response 1127 */ 1128 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { 1129 u32 interval; 1130 size_t tmpl_len; 1131 const u8 *tmpl; 1132 }; 1133 1134 /** 1135 * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 1136 * 1137 * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings 1138 * 1139 * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication 1140 */ 1141 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags { 1142 AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0), 1143 }; 1144 1145 /** 1146 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1147 * 1148 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1149 * 1150 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1151 * @beacon: beacon data 1152 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1153 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1154 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1155 * user space) 1156 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1157 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1158 * @crypto: crypto settings 1159 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1160 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1161 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 1162 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1163 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1164 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1165 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1166 * MAC address based access control 1167 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1168 * networks. 1169 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1170 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1171 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1172 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1173 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1174 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1175 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1176 * @he_required: stations must support HE 1177 * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE 1178 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 1179 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1180 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1181 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1182 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1183 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1184 */ 1185 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1186 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1187 1188 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1189 1190 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1191 const u8 *ssid; 1192 size_t ssid_len; 1193 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1194 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1195 bool privacy; 1196 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1197 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 1198 int inactivity_timeout; 1199 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1200 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1201 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1202 bool pbss; 1203 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1204 1205 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1206 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1207 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1208 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1209 bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required; 1210 bool twt_responder; 1211 u32 flags; 1212 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1213 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1214 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1215 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1216 }; 1217 1218 /** 1219 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1220 * 1221 * Used for channel switch 1222 * 1223 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1224 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1225 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1226 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1227 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1228 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1229 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1230 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1231 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1232 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1233 */ 1234 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1235 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1236 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1237 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1238 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1239 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1240 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1241 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1242 bool radar_required; 1243 bool block_tx; 1244 u8 count; 1245 }; 1246 1247 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10 1248 1249 /** 1250 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1251 * 1252 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1253 * 1254 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1255 * to use for verification 1256 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1257 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1258 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1259 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1260 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1261 * nl80211_iftype. 1262 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1263 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1264 * the verification 1265 */ 1266 struct iface_combination_params { 1267 int num_different_channels; 1268 u8 radar_detect; 1269 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1270 u32 new_beacon_int; 1271 }; 1272 1273 /** 1274 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1275 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1276 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1277 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1278 * 1279 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1280 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1281 */ 1282 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1283 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1284 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1285 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1286 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3), 1287 }; 1288 1289 /** 1290 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1291 * 1292 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1293 * 1294 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1295 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1296 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1297 * power per-interface or per-station. 1298 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1299 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1300 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1301 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1302 * per peer TPC. 1303 */ 1304 struct sta_txpwr { 1305 s16 power; 1306 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1307 }; 1308 1309 /** 1310 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1311 * 1312 * Used to change and create a new station. 1313 * 1314 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1315 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1316 * (or NULL for no change) 1317 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1318 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1319 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1320 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1321 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1322 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1323 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1324 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1325 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1326 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1327 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1328 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1329 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1330 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1331 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1332 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1333 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1334 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1335 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1336 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1337 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1338 * to unknown) 1339 * @capability: station capability 1340 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1341 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1342 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1343 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1344 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1345 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1346 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1347 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1348 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1349 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1350 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1351 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1352 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1353 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station 1354 */ 1355 struct station_parameters { 1356 const u8 *supported_rates; 1357 struct net_device *vlan; 1358 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1359 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1360 int listen_interval; 1361 u16 aid; 1362 u16 vlan_id; 1363 u16 peer_aid; 1364 u8 supported_rates_len; 1365 u8 plink_action; 1366 u8 plink_state; 1367 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1368 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1369 u8 uapsd_queues; 1370 u8 max_sp; 1371 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1372 u16 capability; 1373 const u8 *ext_capab; 1374 u8 ext_capab_len; 1375 const u8 *supported_channels; 1376 u8 supported_channels_len; 1377 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1378 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1379 u8 opmode_notif; 1380 bool opmode_notif_used; 1381 int support_p2p_ps; 1382 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1383 u8 he_capa_len; 1384 u16 airtime_weight; 1385 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1386 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; 1387 }; 1388 1389 /** 1390 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1391 * 1392 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1393 * 1394 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1395 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1396 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1397 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1398 */ 1399 struct station_del_parameters { 1400 const u8 *mac; 1401 u8 subtype; 1402 u16 reason_code; 1403 }; 1404 1405 /** 1406 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1407 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1408 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1409 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1410 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1411 * the AP MLME in the device 1412 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1413 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1414 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1415 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1416 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1417 * supported/used) 1418 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1419 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1420 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1421 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1422 */ 1423 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1424 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1425 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1426 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1427 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1428 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1429 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1430 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1431 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1432 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1433 }; 1434 1435 /** 1436 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1437 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1438 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1439 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1440 * 1441 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1442 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1443 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1444 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1445 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1446 */ 1447 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1448 struct station_parameters *params, 1449 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1450 1451 /** 1452 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags 1453 * 1454 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1455 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1456 * 1457 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1458 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1459 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1460 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1461 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1462 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1463 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS 1464 */ 1465 enum rate_info_flags { 1466 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1467 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1468 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1469 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1470 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1471 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1472 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), 1473 }; 1474 1475 /** 1476 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1477 * 1478 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1479 * 1480 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1481 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1482 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1483 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1484 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1485 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1486 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1487 */ 1488 enum rate_info_bw { 1489 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1490 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1491 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1492 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1493 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1494 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1495 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1496 }; 1497 1498 /** 1499 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1500 * 1501 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1502 * 1503 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1504 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1505 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1506 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1507 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1508 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1509 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1510 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1511 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1512 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1513 */ 1514 struct rate_info { 1515 u8 flags; 1516 u8 mcs; 1517 u16 legacy; 1518 u8 nss; 1519 u8 bw; 1520 u8 he_gi; 1521 u8 he_dcm; 1522 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1523 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1524 }; 1525 1526 /** 1527 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags 1528 * 1529 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1530 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1531 * 1532 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1533 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1534 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1535 */ 1536 enum bss_param_flags { 1537 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1538 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1539 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1540 }; 1541 1542 /** 1543 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1544 * 1545 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1546 * 1547 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1548 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1549 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1550 */ 1551 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1552 u8 flags; 1553 u8 dtim_period; 1554 u16 beacon_interval; 1555 }; 1556 1557 /** 1558 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1559 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1560 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1561 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1562 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1563 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1564 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1565 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1566 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1567 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1568 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1569 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1570 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1571 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1572 */ 1573 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1574 u32 filled; 1575 u32 backlog_bytes; 1576 u32 backlog_packets; 1577 u32 flows; 1578 u32 drops; 1579 u32 ecn_marks; 1580 u32 overlimit; 1581 u32 overmemory; 1582 u32 collisions; 1583 u32 tx_bytes; 1584 u32 tx_packets; 1585 u32 max_flows; 1586 }; 1587 1588 /** 1589 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1590 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1591 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1592 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1593 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1594 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1595 * transmitted MSDUs 1596 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1597 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1598 */ 1599 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1600 u32 filled; 1601 u64 rx_msdu; 1602 u64 tx_msdu; 1603 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1604 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1605 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1606 }; 1607 1608 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1609 1610 /** 1611 * struct station_info - station information 1612 * 1613 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1614 * 1615 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1616 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1617 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1618 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1619 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 1620 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1621 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1622 * @llid: mesh local link id 1623 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1624 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1625 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1626 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1627 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1628 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1629 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1630 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1631 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1632 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1633 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1634 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1635 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1636 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1637 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1638 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1639 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1640 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1641 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1642 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1643 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1644 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1645 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1646 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1647 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1648 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1649 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1650 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1651 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1652 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1653 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1654 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1655 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1656 * towards this station. 1657 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1658 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1659 * from this peer 1660 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1661 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1662 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1663 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1664 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1665 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1666 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1667 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1668 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1669 * been sent. 1670 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1671 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1672 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1673 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1674 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1675 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server 1676 */ 1677 struct station_info { 1678 u64 filled; 1679 u32 connected_time; 1680 u32 inactive_time; 1681 u64 assoc_at; 1682 u64 rx_bytes; 1683 u64 tx_bytes; 1684 u16 llid; 1685 u16 plid; 1686 u8 plink_state; 1687 s8 signal; 1688 s8 signal_avg; 1689 1690 u8 chains; 1691 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1692 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1693 1694 struct rate_info txrate; 1695 struct rate_info rxrate; 1696 u32 rx_packets; 1697 u32 tx_packets; 1698 u32 tx_retries; 1699 u32 tx_failed; 1700 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1701 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1702 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1703 1704 int generation; 1705 1706 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1707 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1708 1709 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1710 s64 t_offset; 1711 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1712 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1713 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1714 1715 u32 expected_throughput; 1716 1717 u64 tx_duration; 1718 u64 rx_duration; 1719 u64 rx_beacon; 1720 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1721 u8 connected_to_gate; 1722 1723 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1724 s8 ack_signal; 1725 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1726 1727 u16 airtime_weight; 1728 1729 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1730 u32 fcs_err_count; 1731 1732 u32 airtime_link_metric; 1733 1734 u8 connected_to_as; 1735 }; 1736 1737 /** 1738 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit 1739 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm 1740 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to 1741 */ 1742 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { 1743 s32 power; 1744 u32 freq_range_index; 1745 }; 1746 1747 /** 1748 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs 1749 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types 1750 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs 1751 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs 1752 */ 1753 struct cfg80211_sar_specs { 1754 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 1755 u32 num_sub_specs; 1756 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[]; 1757 }; 1758 1759 1760 /** 1761 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges 1762 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency 1763 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency 1764 */ 1765 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { 1766 u32 start_freq; 1767 u32 end_freq; 1768 }; 1769 1770 /** 1771 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability 1772 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types 1773 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges 1774 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. 1775 * 1776 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing 1777 * range to small ones and then append them. 1778 */ 1779 struct cfg80211_sar_capa { 1780 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 1781 u32 num_freq_ranges; 1782 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; 1783 }; 1784 1785 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 1786 /** 1787 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 1788 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 1789 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 1790 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 1791 * 1792 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 1793 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 1794 * considered undefined. 1795 */ 1796 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 1797 struct station_info *sinfo); 1798 #else 1799 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 1800 const u8 *mac_addr, 1801 struct station_info *sinfo) 1802 { 1803 return -ENOENT; 1804 } 1805 #endif 1806 1807 /** 1808 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 1809 * 1810 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 1811 * according to the nl80211 flags. 1812 * 1813 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 1814 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 1815 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 1816 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 1817 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 1818 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 1819 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 1820 */ 1821 enum monitor_flags { 1822 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 1823 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 1824 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 1825 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 1826 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 1827 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 1828 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 1829 }; 1830 1831 /** 1832 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 1833 * 1834 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 1835 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 1836 * 1837 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 1838 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 1839 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 1840 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 1841 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 1842 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 1843 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 1844 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 1845 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 1846 */ 1847 enum mpath_info_flags { 1848 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 1849 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 1850 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 1851 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 1852 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 1853 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 1854 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 1855 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 1856 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 1857 }; 1858 1859 /** 1860 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 1861 * 1862 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 1863 * 1864 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 1865 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 1866 * @sn: target sequence number 1867 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 1868 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 1869 * @flags: mesh path flags 1870 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 1871 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 1872 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1873 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 1874 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1875 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1876 * @hop_count: hops to destination 1877 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 1878 */ 1879 struct mpath_info { 1880 u32 filled; 1881 u32 frame_qlen; 1882 u32 sn; 1883 u32 metric; 1884 u32 exptime; 1885 u32 discovery_timeout; 1886 u8 discovery_retries; 1887 u8 flags; 1888 u8 hop_count; 1889 u32 path_change_count; 1890 1891 int generation; 1892 }; 1893 1894 /** 1895 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 1896 * 1897 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 1898 * 1899 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 1900 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1901 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 1902 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1903 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 1904 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1905 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1906 * (or NULL for no change) 1907 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 1908 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 1909 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1910 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 1911 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 1912 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 1913 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 1914 */ 1915 struct bss_parameters { 1916 int use_cts_prot; 1917 int use_short_preamble; 1918 int use_short_slot_time; 1919 const u8 *basic_rates; 1920 u8 basic_rates_len; 1921 int ap_isolate; 1922 int ht_opmode; 1923 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 1924 }; 1925 1926 /** 1927 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 1928 * 1929 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 1930 * 1931 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 1932 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 1933 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 1934 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 1935 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 1936 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 1937 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 1938 * mesh interface 1939 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 1940 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 1941 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 1942 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 1943 * elements 1944 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 1945 * detect compatible mesh peers 1946 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 1947 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 1948 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 1949 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 1950 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 1951 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 1952 * a path discovery in milliseconds 1953 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1954 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 1955 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 1956 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1957 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 1958 * element 1959 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1960 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 1961 * element 1962 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 1963 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 1964 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 1965 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 1966 * announcements are transmitted 1967 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 1968 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 1969 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 1970 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 1971 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 1972 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 1973 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 1974 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 1975 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 1976 * station to establish a peer link 1977 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 1978 * 1979 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1980 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 1981 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 1982 * 1983 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 1984 * PREQs are transmitted. 1985 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 1986 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 1987 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 1988 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 1989 * setting for new peer links. 1990 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 1991 * after transmitting its beacon. 1992 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 1993 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 1994 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 1995 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 1996 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 1997 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 1998 * in the mesh path table 1999 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP 2000 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might 2001 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So 2002 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 2003 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 2004 */ 2005 struct mesh_config { 2006 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 2007 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 2008 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 2009 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 2010 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 2011 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 2012 u8 element_ttl; 2013 bool auto_open_plinks; 2014 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 2015 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 2016 u32 path_refresh_time; 2017 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 2018 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 2019 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 2020 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 2021 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 2022 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 2023 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 2024 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; 2025 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 2026 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 2027 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 2028 s32 rssi_threshold; 2029 u16 ht_opmode; 2030 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 2031 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 2032 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 2033 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 2034 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 2035 u32 plink_timeout; 2036 bool dot11MeshNolearn; 2037 }; 2038 2039 /** 2040 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 2041 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2042 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 2043 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 2044 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 2045 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 2046 * @path_metric: which metric to use 2047 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 2048 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 2049 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 2050 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 2051 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 2052 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 2053 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 2054 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2055 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 2056 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 2057 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 2058 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2059 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2060 * to operate on DFS channels. 2061 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2062 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2063 * 2064 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 2065 */ 2066 struct mesh_setup { 2067 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2068 const u8 *mesh_id; 2069 u8 mesh_id_len; 2070 u8 sync_method; 2071 u8 path_sel_proto; 2072 u8 path_metric; 2073 u8 auth_id; 2074 const u8 *ie; 2075 u8 ie_len; 2076 bool is_authenticated; 2077 bool is_secure; 2078 bool user_mpm; 2079 u8 dtim_period; 2080 u16 beacon_interval; 2081 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2082 u32 basic_rates; 2083 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 2084 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2085 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2086 }; 2087 2088 /** 2089 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 2090 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2091 * 2092 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 2093 */ 2094 struct ocb_setup { 2095 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2096 }; 2097 2098 /** 2099 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 2100 * @ac: AC identifier 2101 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 2102 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2103 * 1..32767] 2104 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2105 * 1..32767] 2106 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 2107 */ 2108 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 2109 enum nl80211_ac ac; 2110 u16 txop; 2111 u16 cwmin; 2112 u16 cwmax; 2113 u8 aifs; 2114 }; 2115 2116 /** 2117 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 2118 * 2119 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 2120 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 2121 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 2122 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 2123 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 2124 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 2125 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 2126 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 2127 * in the wiphy structure. 2128 * 2129 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 2130 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 2131 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 2132 * 2133 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 2134 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 2135 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 2136 * to userspace. 2137 */ 2138 2139 /** 2140 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 2141 * @ssid: the SSID 2142 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 2143 */ 2144 struct cfg80211_ssid { 2145 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 2146 u8 ssid_len; 2147 }; 2148 2149 /** 2150 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 2151 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 2152 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 2153 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 2154 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 2155 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 2156 * userspace will be notified of that 2157 */ 2158 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 2159 u64 scan_start_tsf; 2160 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2161 bool aborted; 2162 }; 2163 2164 /** 2165 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only 2166 * 2167 * @short_bssid: short ssid to scan for 2168 * @bssid: bssid to scan for 2169 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request 2170 * which the above info relvant to 2171 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU 2172 * @short_ssid_valid: short_ssid is valid and can be used 2173 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait 2174 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. 2175 */ 2176 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { 2177 u32 short_ssid; 2178 u32 channel_idx; 2179 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2180 bool unsolicited_probe; 2181 bool short_ssid_valid; 2182 bool psc_no_listen; 2183 }; 2184 2185 /** 2186 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 2187 * 2188 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 2189 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2190 * @channels: channels to scan on. 2191 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2192 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2193 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2194 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2195 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 2196 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 2197 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 2198 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 2199 * %duration field. 2200 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2201 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 2202 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2203 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 2204 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 2205 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 2206 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 2207 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 2208 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2209 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2210 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2211 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2212 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, 2213 * true if this is the second scan request 2214 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params 2215 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params 2216 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2217 */ 2218 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2219 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2220 int n_ssids; 2221 u32 n_channels; 2222 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2223 const u8 *ie; 2224 size_t ie_len; 2225 u16 duration; 2226 bool duration_mandatory; 2227 u32 flags; 2228 2229 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2230 2231 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2232 2233 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2234 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2235 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2236 2237 /* internal */ 2238 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2239 unsigned long scan_start; 2240 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 2241 bool notified; 2242 bool no_cck; 2243 bool scan_6ghz; 2244 u32 n_6ghz_params; 2245 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; 2246 2247 /* keep last */ 2248 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2249 }; 2250 2251 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2252 { 2253 int i; 2254 2255 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2256 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2257 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2258 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2259 } 2260 } 2261 2262 /** 2263 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2264 * 2265 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2266 * or no match (RSSI only) 2267 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2268 * or no match (RSSI only) 2269 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2270 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 2271 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 2272 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 2273 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 2274 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 2275 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 2276 * corresponding matchset. 2277 */ 2278 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2279 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2280 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2281 s32 rssi_thold; 2282 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2283 }; 2284 2285 /** 2286 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2287 * 2288 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2289 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2290 * infinite loop. 2291 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2292 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2293 */ 2294 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2295 u32 interval; 2296 u32 iterations; 2297 }; 2298 2299 /** 2300 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2301 * 2302 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2303 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2304 */ 2305 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2306 enum nl80211_band band; 2307 s8 delta; 2308 }; 2309 2310 /** 2311 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2312 * 2313 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2314 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2315 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2316 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2317 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2318 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2319 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2320 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2321 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2322 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2323 * (others are filtered out). 2324 * If ommited, all results are passed. 2325 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2326 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2327 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2328 * @dev: the interface 2329 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2330 * @channels: channels to scan 2331 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2332 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2333 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2334 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2335 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2336 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2337 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2338 * index must be executed first. 2339 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2340 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2341 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2342 * owned by a particular socket) 2343 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2344 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2345 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2346 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2347 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2348 * supported. 2349 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2350 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2351 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2352 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2353 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2354 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2355 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2356 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2357 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2358 * comparisions. 2359 */ 2360 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2361 u64 reqid; 2362 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2363 int n_ssids; 2364 u32 n_channels; 2365 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2366 const u8 *ie; 2367 size_t ie_len; 2368 u32 flags; 2369 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2370 int n_match_sets; 2371 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2372 u32 delay; 2373 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2374 int n_scan_plans; 2375 2376 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2377 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2378 2379 bool relative_rssi_set; 2380 s8 relative_rssi; 2381 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2382 2383 /* internal */ 2384 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2385 struct net_device *dev; 2386 unsigned long scan_start; 2387 bool report_results; 2388 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2389 u32 owner_nlportid; 2390 bool nl_owner_dead; 2391 struct list_head list; 2392 2393 /* keep last */ 2394 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2395 }; 2396 2397 /** 2398 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2399 * 2400 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2401 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2402 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2403 */ 2404 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2405 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2406 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2407 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2408 }; 2409 2410 /** 2411 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2412 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2413 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2414 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2415 * signal type 2416 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2417 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2418 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2419 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2420 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2421 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2422 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2423 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2424 * by %parent_bssid. 2425 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2426 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2427 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2428 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2429 */ 2430 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2431 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2432 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2433 s32 signal; 2434 u64 boottime_ns; 2435 u64 parent_tsf; 2436 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2437 u8 chains; 2438 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2439 }; 2440 2441 /** 2442 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2443 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2444 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2445 * @len: length of the IEs 2446 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2447 * @data: IE data 2448 */ 2449 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2450 u64 tsf; 2451 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2452 int len; 2453 bool from_beacon; 2454 u8 data[]; 2455 }; 2456 2457 /** 2458 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2459 * 2460 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2461 * for use in scan results and similar. 2462 * 2463 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2464 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2465 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2466 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2467 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2468 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2469 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2470 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2471 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2472 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2473 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2474 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2475 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2476 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2477 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2478 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2479 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2480 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2481 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2482 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2483 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2484 * (multi-BSSID support) 2485 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2486 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2487 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2488 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2489 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2490 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2491 */ 2492 struct cfg80211_bss { 2493 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2494 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2495 2496 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2497 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2498 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2499 2500 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2501 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2502 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2503 2504 s32 signal; 2505 2506 u16 beacon_interval; 2507 u16 capability; 2508 2509 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2510 u8 chains; 2511 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2512 2513 u8 bssid_index; 2514 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2515 2516 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2517 }; 2518 2519 /** 2520 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2521 * @bss: the bss to search 2522 * @id: the element ID 2523 * 2524 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2525 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2526 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2527 */ 2528 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2529 2530 /** 2531 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2532 * @bss: the bss to search 2533 * @id: the element ID 2534 * 2535 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2536 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2537 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2538 */ 2539 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2540 { 2541 return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2542 } 2543 2544 2545 /** 2546 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2547 * 2548 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2549 * authentication. 2550 * 2551 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2552 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2553 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2554 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2555 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2556 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2557 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2558 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2559 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2560 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2561 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2562 * transaction sequence number field. 2563 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2564 */ 2565 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2566 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2567 const u8 *ie; 2568 size_t ie_len; 2569 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2570 const u8 *key; 2571 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2572 const u8 *auth_data; 2573 size_t auth_data_len; 2574 }; 2575 2576 /** 2577 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2578 * 2579 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2580 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2581 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2582 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2583 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2584 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2585 * request (connect callback). 2586 */ 2587 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2588 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2589 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2590 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2591 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2592 }; 2593 2594 /** 2595 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2596 * 2597 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2598 * (re)association. 2599 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2600 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2601 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2602 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2603 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2604 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2605 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2606 * @crypto: crypto settings 2607 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2608 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2609 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2610 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2611 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2612 * frame. 2613 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2614 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2615 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2616 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2617 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2618 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2619 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2620 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2621 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2622 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2623 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2624 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2625 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override 2626 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask 2627 */ 2628 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2629 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2630 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2631 size_t ie_len; 2632 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2633 bool use_mfp; 2634 u32 flags; 2635 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2636 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2637 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2638 const u8 *fils_kek; 2639 size_t fils_kek_len; 2640 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2641 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; 2642 }; 2643 2644 /** 2645 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2646 * 2647 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2648 * deauthentication. 2649 * 2650 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from 2651 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2652 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2653 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2654 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2655 * do not set a deauth frame 2656 */ 2657 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2658 const u8 *bssid; 2659 const u8 *ie; 2660 size_t ie_len; 2661 u16 reason_code; 2662 bool local_state_change; 2663 }; 2664 2665 /** 2666 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2667 * 2668 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2669 * disassociation. 2670 * 2671 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from 2672 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2673 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2674 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2675 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2676 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2677 */ 2678 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 2679 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2680 const u8 *ie; 2681 size_t ie_len; 2682 u16 reason_code; 2683 bool local_state_change; 2684 }; 2685 2686 /** 2687 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 2688 * 2689 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 2690 * method. 2691 * 2692 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 2693 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 2694 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 2695 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 2696 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 2697 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 2698 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 2699 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 2700 * @ie_len: length of that 2701 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2702 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 2703 * after joining 2704 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 2705 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 2706 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 2707 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 2708 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2709 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2710 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2711 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2712 * to operate on DFS channels. 2713 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 2714 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 2715 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2716 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2717 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2718 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 2719 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 2720 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 2721 */ 2722 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 2723 const u8 *ssid; 2724 const u8 *bssid; 2725 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2726 const u8 *ie; 2727 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 2728 u16 beacon_interval; 2729 u32 basic_rates; 2730 bool channel_fixed; 2731 bool privacy; 2732 bool control_port; 2733 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2734 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2735 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2736 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2737 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2738 struct key_params *wep_keys; 2739 int wep_tx_key; 2740 }; 2741 2742 /** 2743 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 2744 * 2745 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 2746 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 2747 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 2748 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 2749 */ 2750 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 2751 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 2752 union { 2753 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 2754 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 2755 } param; 2756 }; 2757 2758 /** 2759 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 2760 * 2761 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2762 * authentication and association. 2763 * 2764 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 2765 * on scan results) 2766 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 2767 * %NULL if not specified 2768 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 2769 * results) 2770 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 2771 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 2772 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 2773 * to use. 2774 * @ssid: SSID 2775 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 2776 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2777 * @ie: IEs for association request 2778 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 2779 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 2780 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 2781 * @crypto: crypto settings 2782 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2783 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2784 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2785 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2786 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 2787 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 2788 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2789 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2790 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2791 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 2792 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 2793 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 2794 * networks. 2795 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 2796 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2797 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2798 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2799 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2800 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2801 * frame. 2802 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 2803 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 2804 * data IE. 2805 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 2806 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 2807 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 2808 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2809 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 2810 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 2811 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2812 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 2813 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 2814 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 2815 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 2816 * offload of 4-way handshake. 2817 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 2818 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 2819 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 2820 */ 2821 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 2822 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2823 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 2824 const u8 *bssid; 2825 const u8 *bssid_hint; 2826 const u8 *ssid; 2827 size_t ssid_len; 2828 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2829 const u8 *ie; 2830 size_t ie_len; 2831 bool privacy; 2832 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 2833 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2834 const u8 *key; 2835 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2836 u32 flags; 2837 int bg_scan_period; 2838 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2839 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2840 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 2841 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 2842 bool pbss; 2843 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 2844 const u8 *prev_bssid; 2845 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 2846 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 2847 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 2848 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 2849 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 2850 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 2851 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 2852 bool want_1x; 2853 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 2854 }; 2855 2856 /** 2857 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 2858 * 2859 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 2860 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 2861 * 2862 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 2863 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 2864 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 2865 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 2866 */ 2867 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 2868 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 2869 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 2870 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 2871 }; 2872 2873 /** 2874 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 2875 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 2876 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 2877 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 2878 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 2879 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 2880 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 2881 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 2882 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 2883 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 2884 */ 2885 enum wiphy_params_flags { 2886 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 2887 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 2888 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 2889 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 2890 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 2891 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 2892 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 2893 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 2894 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 2895 }; 2896 2897 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 2898 2899 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 2900 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 2901 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 2902 2903 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 2904 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 2905 2906 /** 2907 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 2908 * 2909 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 2910 * caching. 2911 * 2912 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 2913 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 2914 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 2915 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 2916 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 2917 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 2918 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 2919 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 2920 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 2921 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 2922 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 2923 * %NULL). 2924 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 2925 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 2926 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 2927 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 2928 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 2929 * used for it expires. 2930 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 2931 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 2932 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 2933 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 2934 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 2935 */ 2936 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 2937 const u8 *bssid; 2938 const u8 *pmkid; 2939 const u8 *pmk; 2940 size_t pmk_len; 2941 const u8 *ssid; 2942 size_t ssid_len; 2943 const u8 *cache_id; 2944 u32 pmk_lifetime; 2945 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 2946 }; 2947 2948 /** 2949 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 2950 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 2951 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 2952 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 2953 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 2954 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 2955 * 2956 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 2957 * memory, free @mask only! 2958 */ 2959 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 2960 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 2961 int pattern_len; 2962 int pkt_offset; 2963 }; 2964 2965 /** 2966 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 2967 * 2968 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 2969 * @src: source IP address 2970 * @dst: destination IP address 2971 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 2972 * @src_port: source port 2973 * @dst_port: destination port 2974 * @payload_len: data payload length 2975 * @payload: data payload buffer 2976 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 2977 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 2978 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 2979 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 2980 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 2981 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 2982 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 2983 */ 2984 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 2985 struct socket *sock; 2986 __be32 src, dst; 2987 u16 src_port, dst_port; 2988 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 2989 int payload_len; 2990 const u8 *payload; 2991 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 2992 u32 data_interval; 2993 u32 wake_len; 2994 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 2995 u32 tokens_size; 2996 /* must be last, variable member */ 2997 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 2998 }; 2999 3000 /** 3001 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 3002 * 3003 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 3004 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 3005 * operating as normal during suspend 3006 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 3007 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 3008 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 3009 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3010 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 3011 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 3012 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 3013 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 3014 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 3015 * NULL if not configured. 3016 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 3017 */ 3018 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 3019 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3020 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3021 rfkill_release; 3022 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3023 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 3024 int n_patterns; 3025 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 3026 }; 3027 3028 /** 3029 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 3030 * 3031 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 3032 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 3033 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 3034 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 3035 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 3036 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3037 */ 3038 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 3039 int delay; 3040 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 3041 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3042 int n_patterns; 3043 }; 3044 3045 /** 3046 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 3047 * 3048 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 3049 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 3050 * @n_rules: number of rules 3051 */ 3052 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 3053 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 3054 int n_rules; 3055 }; 3056 3057 /** 3058 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 3059 * 3060 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 3061 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 3062 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 3063 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 3064 * occurred (in MHz) 3065 */ 3066 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 3067 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3068 int n_channels; 3069 u32 channels[]; 3070 }; 3071 3072 /** 3073 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 3074 * 3075 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 3076 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 3077 * match information. 3078 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 3079 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 3080 */ 3081 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 3082 int n_matches; 3083 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 3084 }; 3085 3086 /** 3087 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 3088 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 3089 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 3090 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 3091 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 3092 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 3093 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 3094 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 3095 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 3096 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 3097 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 3098 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 3099 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 3100 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 3101 * it is. 3102 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 3103 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 3104 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 3105 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 3106 */ 3107 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 3108 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3109 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3110 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 3111 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 3112 s32 pattern_idx; 3113 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 3114 const void *packet; 3115 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 3116 }; 3117 3118 /** 3119 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 3120 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) 3121 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) 3122 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 3123 * @kek_len: length of kek 3124 * @kck_len length of kck 3125 * @akm: akm (oui, id) 3126 */ 3127 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 3128 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 3129 u32 akm; 3130 u8 kek_len, kck_len; 3131 }; 3132 3133 /** 3134 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 3135 * 3136 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 3137 * 3138 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 3139 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 3140 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 3141 */ 3142 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 3143 u16 md; 3144 const u8 *ie; 3145 size_t ie_len; 3146 }; 3147 3148 /** 3149 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 3150 * 3151 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 3152 * 3153 * @chan: channel to use 3154 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 3155 * @wait: duration for ROC 3156 * @buf: buffer to transmit 3157 * @len: buffer length 3158 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 3159 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 3160 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 3161 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 3162 */ 3163 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 3164 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3165 bool offchan; 3166 unsigned int wait; 3167 const u8 *buf; 3168 size_t len; 3169 bool no_cck; 3170 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 3171 int n_csa_offsets; 3172 const u16 *csa_offsets; 3173 }; 3174 3175 /** 3176 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 3177 * 3178 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 3179 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 3180 */ 3181 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 3182 u8 dscp; 3183 u8 up; 3184 }; 3185 3186 /** 3187 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 3188 * 3189 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3190 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3191 */ 3192 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 3193 u8 low; 3194 u8 high; 3195 }; 3196 3197 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 3198 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 3199 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 3200 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 3201 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 3202 3203 /** 3204 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 3205 * 3206 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 3207 * 3208 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 3209 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 3210 * the user priority DSCP range definition 3211 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 3212 */ 3213 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 3214 u8 num_des; 3215 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 3216 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 3217 }; 3218 3219 /** 3220 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 3221 * 3222 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 3223 * 3224 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 3225 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 3226 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 3227 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 3228 */ 3229 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 3230 u8 master_pref; 3231 u8 bands; 3232 }; 3233 3234 /** 3235 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 3236 * configuration 3237 * 3238 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 3239 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 3240 */ 3241 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 3242 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 3243 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 3244 }; 3245 3246 /** 3247 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 3248 * 3249 * @filter: the content of the filter 3250 * @len: the length of the filter 3251 */ 3252 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 3253 const u8 *filter; 3254 u8 len; 3255 }; 3256 3257 /** 3258 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 3259 * 3260 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 3261 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 3262 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 3263 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 3264 * implementation specific. 3265 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 3266 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 3267 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 3268 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 3269 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 3270 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 3271 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 3272 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 3273 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 3274 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 3275 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 3276 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 3277 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 3278 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 3279 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 3280 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 3281 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 3282 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 3283 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 3284 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 3285 */ 3286 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 3287 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 3288 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 3289 u8 publish_type; 3290 bool close_range; 3291 bool publish_bcast; 3292 bool subscribe_active; 3293 u8 followup_id; 3294 u8 followup_reqid; 3295 struct mac_address followup_dest; 3296 u32 ttl; 3297 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 3298 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 3299 bool srf_include; 3300 const u8 *srf_bf; 3301 u8 srf_bf_len; 3302 u8 srf_bf_idx; 3303 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 3304 int srf_num_macs; 3305 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 3306 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 3307 u8 num_tx_filters; 3308 u8 num_rx_filters; 3309 u8 instance_id; 3310 u64 cookie; 3311 }; 3312 3313 /** 3314 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3315 * 3316 * @aa: authenticator address 3317 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3318 * @pmk: the PMK material 3319 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3320 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3321 * holds PMK-R0. 3322 */ 3323 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3324 const u8 *aa; 3325 u8 pmk_len; 3326 const u8 *pmk; 3327 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3328 }; 3329 3330 /** 3331 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3332 * 3333 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3334 * 3335 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3336 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3337 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3338 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3339 * authentication response command interface. 3340 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3341 * authentication response command interface. 3342 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3343 * authentication request event interface. 3344 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3345 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3346 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3347 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3348 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3349 */ 3350 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 3351 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 3352 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3353 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3354 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 3355 u16 status; 3356 const u8 *pmkid; 3357 }; 3358 3359 /** 3360 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 3361 * 3362 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 3363 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 3364 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 3365 * answered 3366 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 3367 * successfully answered 3368 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 3369 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 3370 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 3371 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 3372 * of how much time the responder was busy 3373 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 3374 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 3375 * the responder 3376 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 3377 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 3378 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 3379 */ 3380 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 3381 u32 filled; 3382 u32 success_num; 3383 u32 partial_num; 3384 u32 failed_num; 3385 u32 asap_num; 3386 u32 non_asap_num; 3387 u64 total_duration_ms; 3388 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 3389 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 3390 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 3391 }; 3392 3393 /** 3394 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 3395 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 3396 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 3397 * reason than just "failure" 3398 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 3399 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 3400 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 3401 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 3402 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 3403 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 3404 * by the responder 3405 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 3406 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3407 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3408 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3409 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3410 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3411 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3412 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3413 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3414 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3415 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3416 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3417 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3418 * the square root of the variance) 3419 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3420 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3421 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3422 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3423 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3424 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3425 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3426 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3427 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3428 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3429 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3430 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3431 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3432 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3433 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3434 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3435 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3436 */ 3437 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3438 const u8 *lci; 3439 const u8 *civicloc; 3440 unsigned int lci_len; 3441 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3442 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3443 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3444 s16 burst_index; 3445 u8 busy_retry_time; 3446 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3447 u8 burst_duration; 3448 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3449 s32 rssi_avg; 3450 s32 rssi_spread; 3451 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3452 s64 rtt_avg; 3453 s64 rtt_variance; 3454 s64 rtt_spread; 3455 s64 dist_avg; 3456 s64 dist_variance; 3457 s64 dist_spread; 3458 3459 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3460 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3461 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3462 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3463 tx_rate_valid:1, 3464 rx_rate_valid:1, 3465 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3466 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3467 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3468 dist_avg_valid:1, 3469 dist_variance_valid:1, 3470 dist_spread_valid:1; 3471 }; 3472 3473 /** 3474 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3475 * @addr: address of the peer 3476 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3477 * measurement was made) 3478 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3479 * @status: status of the measurement 3480 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3481 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3482 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3483 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3484 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3485 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3486 */ 3487 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3488 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3489 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3490 3491 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3492 3493 u8 final:1, 3494 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3495 3496 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3497 3498 union { 3499 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3500 }; 3501 }; 3502 3503 /** 3504 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3505 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3506 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3507 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3508 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3509 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3510 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3511 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3512 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3513 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3514 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3515 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 3516 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3517 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3518 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 3519 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3520 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3521 * 3522 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3523 */ 3524 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3525 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3526 u16 burst_period; 3527 u8 requested:1, 3528 asap:1, 3529 request_lci:1, 3530 request_civicloc:1, 3531 trigger_based:1, 3532 non_trigger_based:1; 3533 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3534 u8 burst_duration; 3535 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3536 u8 ftmr_retries; 3537 }; 3538 3539 /** 3540 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3541 * @addr: MAC address 3542 * @chandef: channel to use 3543 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3544 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3545 */ 3546 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3547 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3548 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3549 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3550 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3551 }; 3552 3553 /** 3554 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3555 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3556 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3557 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3558 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3559 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3560 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3561 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3562 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3563 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3564 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3565 * zero it means there's no timeout 3566 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3567 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3568 */ 3569 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3570 u64 cookie; 3571 void *drv_data; 3572 u32 n_peers; 3573 u32 nl_portid; 3574 3575 u32 timeout; 3576 3577 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3578 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3579 3580 struct list_head list; 3581 3582 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3583 }; 3584 3585 /** 3586 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3587 * 3588 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3589 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3590 * 3591 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3592 * 3593 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3594 * has to be done. 3595 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3596 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3597 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3598 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3599 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3600 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3601 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3602 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3603 */ 3604 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3605 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3606 u16 status; 3607 const u8 *ie; 3608 size_t ie_len; 3609 }; 3610 3611 /** 3612 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data 3613 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3614 * for the entire device 3615 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3616 * for the given interface 3617 * @global_mcast_rx: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes 3618 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface 3619 * for these subtypes 3620 */ 3621 struct mgmt_frame_regs { 3622 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; 3623 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; 3624 }; 3625 3626 /** 3627 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3628 * 3629 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3630 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3631 * 3632 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3633 * on success or a negative error code. 3634 * 3635 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be 3636 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied 3637 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, 3638 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. 3639 * 3640 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3641 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3642 * configured for the device. 3643 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 3644 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 3645 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 3646 * the device. 3647 * 3648 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 3649 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 3650 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 3651 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 3652 * also set the address member in the wdev. 3653 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3654 * 3655 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 3656 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3657 * 3658 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 3659 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 3660 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3661 * 3662 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 3663 * when adding a group key. 3664 * 3665 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 3666 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 3667 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 3668 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 3669 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 3670 * 3671 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 3672 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. 3673 * 3674 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface 3675 * 3676 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface 3677 * 3678 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface 3679 * 3680 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 3681 * 3682 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 3683 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 3684 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 3685 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 3686 * 3687 * @add_station: Add a new station. 3688 * @del_station: Remove a station 3689 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 3690 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 3691 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 3692 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 3693 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 3694 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 3695 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3696 * 3697 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 3698 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 3699 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 3700 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 3701 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3702 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 3703 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3704 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 3705 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3706 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 3707 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3708 * 3709 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 3710 * 3711 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 3712 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 3713 * set, and which to leave alone. 3714 * 3715 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 3716 * 3717 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 3718 * 3719 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 3720 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 3721 * join the mesh instead. 3722 * 3723 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 3724 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 3725 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 3726 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 3727 * 3728 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 3729 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 3730 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 3731 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 3732 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 3733 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 3734 * 3735 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 3736 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3737 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 3738 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3739 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 3740 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3741 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 3742 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3743 * 3744 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 3745 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 3746 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 3747 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 3748 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 3749 * was received. 3750 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 3751 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 3752 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 3753 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 3754 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 3755 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 3756 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 3757 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 3758 * indication of requesting reassociation. 3759 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 3760 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 3761 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3762 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 3763 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 3764 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 3765 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 3766 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 3767 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 3768 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 3769 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3770 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 3771 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 3772 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 3773 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 3774 * 3775 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 3776 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 3777 * to a merge. 3778 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3779 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 3780 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3781 * 3782 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 3783 * MESH mode) 3784 * 3785 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 3786 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 3787 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 3788 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 3789 * 3790 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 3791 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 3792 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 3793 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 3794 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 3795 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 3796 * return 0 if successful 3797 * 3798 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 3799 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 3800 * 3801 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 3802 * 3803 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 3804 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 3805 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 3806 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 3807 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 3808 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 3809 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 3810 * the duration value. 3811 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 3812 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 3813 * frame on another channel 3814 * 3815 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 3816 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 3817 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 3818 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 3819 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 3820 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 3821 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 3822 * 3823 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 3824 * 3825 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 3826 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 3827 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 3828 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 3829 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 3830 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 3831 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 3832 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 3833 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 3834 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 3835 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 3836 * disabled.) 3837 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 3838 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 3839 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 3840 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 3841 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 3842 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 3843 * thresholds. 3844 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 3845 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 3846 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 3847 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 3848 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 3849 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 3850 * stop (when this method returns 0). 3851 * 3852 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame 3853 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. 3854 * 3855 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 3856 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 3857 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 3858 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 3859 * 3860 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 3861 * 3862 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 3863 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 3864 * 3865 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 3866 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 3867 * 3868 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 3869 * 3870 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 3871 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 3872 * current monitoring channel. 3873 * 3874 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 3875 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 3876 * 3877 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 3878 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 3879 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 3880 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 3881 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 3882 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 3883 * 3884 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 3885 * 3886 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 3887 * was finished on another phy. 3888 * 3889 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 3890 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 3891 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 3892 * 3893 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 3894 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 3895 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 3896 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 3897 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 3898 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 3899 * 3900 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 3901 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 3902 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 3903 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 3904 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 3905 * as soon as possible. 3906 * 3907 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 3908 * 3909 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 3910 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 3911 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 3912 * 3913 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 3914 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 3915 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 3916 * account. 3917 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 3918 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 3919 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 3920 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 3921 * rejected) 3922 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 3923 * 3924 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 3925 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3926 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 3927 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3928 * 3929 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 3930 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 3931 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 3932 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 3933 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 3934 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 3935 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 3936 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 3937 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 3938 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 3939 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 3940 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 3941 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 3942 * provided @nan_func. 3943 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 3944 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 3945 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 3946 * All other parameters must be ignored. 3947 * 3948 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 3949 * 3950 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 3951 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 3952 * 3953 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 3954 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 3955 * upon which the driver should clear it. 3956 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3957 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 3958 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3959 * 3960 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 3961 * user space 3962 * 3963 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 3964 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 3965 * 3966 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 3967 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 3968 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 3969 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 3970 * 3971 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 3972 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 3973 * DH IE through this interface. 3974 * 3975 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 3976 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 3977 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 3978 * This callback may sleep. 3979 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 3980 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 3981 * 3982 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. 3983 */ 3984 struct cfg80211_ops { 3985 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 3986 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3987 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 3988 3989 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3990 const char *name, 3991 unsigned char name_assign_type, 3992 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3993 struct vif_params *params); 3994 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3995 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3996 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3997 struct net_device *dev, 3998 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3999 struct vif_params *params); 4000 4001 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4002 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 4003 struct key_params *params); 4004 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4005 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 4006 void *cookie, 4007 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 4008 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4009 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); 4010 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4011 struct net_device *netdev, 4012 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 4013 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4014 struct net_device *netdev, 4015 u8 key_index); 4016 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4017 struct net_device *netdev, 4018 u8 key_index); 4019 4020 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4021 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 4022 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4023 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 4024 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4025 4026 4027 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4028 const u8 *mac, 4029 struct station_parameters *params); 4030 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4031 struct station_del_parameters *params); 4032 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4033 const u8 *mac, 4034 struct station_parameters *params); 4035 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4036 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4037 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4038 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4039 4040 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4041 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4042 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4043 const u8 *dst); 4044 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4045 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4046 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4047 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4048 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4049 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 4050 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4051 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4052 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4053 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4054 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 4055 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4056 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4057 struct net_device *dev, 4058 struct mesh_config *conf); 4059 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4060 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 4061 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 4062 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4063 const struct mesh_config *conf, 4064 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 4065 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4066 4067 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4068 struct ocb_setup *setup); 4069 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4070 4071 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4072 struct bss_parameters *params); 4073 4074 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4075 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 4076 4077 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4078 struct net_device *dev, 4079 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 4080 4081 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4082 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4083 4084 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4085 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 4086 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4087 4088 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4089 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 4090 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4091 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 4092 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4093 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 4094 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4095 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 4096 4097 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4098 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 4099 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4100 struct net_device *dev, 4101 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 4102 u32 changed); 4103 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4104 u16 reason_code); 4105 4106 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4107 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 4108 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4109 4110 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4111 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 4112 4113 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 4114 4115 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4116 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 4117 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4118 int *dbm); 4119 4120 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4121 4122 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 4123 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4124 void *data, int len); 4125 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 4126 struct netlink_callback *cb, 4127 void *data, int len); 4128 #endif 4129 4130 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4131 struct net_device *dev, 4132 const u8 *peer, 4133 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 4134 4135 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4136 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 4137 4138 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4139 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4140 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4141 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4142 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 4143 4144 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4145 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4146 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 4147 unsigned int duration, 4148 u64 *cookie); 4149 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4150 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4151 u64 cookie); 4152 4153 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4154 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 4155 u64 *cookie); 4156 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4157 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4158 u64 cookie); 4159 4160 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4161 bool enabled, int timeout); 4162 4163 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4164 struct net_device *dev, 4165 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 4166 4167 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4168 struct net_device *dev, 4169 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 4170 4171 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4172 struct net_device *dev, 4173 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 4174 4175 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4176 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4177 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); 4178 4179 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 4180 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 4181 4182 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4183 struct net_device *dev, 4184 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 4185 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4186 u64 reqid); 4187 4188 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4189 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 4190 4191 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4192 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 4193 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 4194 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4195 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4196 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 4197 4198 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4199 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 4200 4201 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4202 struct net_device *dev, 4203 u16 noack_map); 4204 4205 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4206 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4207 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4208 4209 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4210 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4211 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4212 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4213 4214 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4215 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 4216 4217 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4218 struct net_device *dev, 4219 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 4220 u32 cac_time_ms); 4221 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4222 struct net_device *dev); 4223 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4224 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 4225 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4226 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4227 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 4228 u16 duration); 4229 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4230 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4231 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4232 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 4233 4234 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4235 struct net_device *dev, 4236 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 4237 4238 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4239 struct net_device *dev, 4240 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 4241 4242 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4243 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4244 4245 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4246 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 4247 u16 admitted_time); 4248 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4249 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 4250 4251 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4252 struct net_device *dev, 4253 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 4254 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4255 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4256 struct net_device *dev, 4257 const u8 *addr); 4258 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4259 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 4260 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4261 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4262 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 4263 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4264 u64 cookie); 4265 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4266 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4267 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 4268 u32 changes); 4269 4270 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4271 struct net_device *dev, 4272 const bool enabled); 4273 4274 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4275 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4276 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 4277 4278 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4279 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 4280 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4281 const u8 *aa); 4282 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4283 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 4284 4285 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4286 struct net_device *dev, 4287 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 4288 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 4289 const bool noencrypt, 4290 u64 *cookie); 4291 4292 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4293 struct net_device *dev, 4294 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 4295 4296 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4297 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4298 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4299 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4300 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4301 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 4302 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4303 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4304 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4305 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 4306 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4307 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 4308 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4309 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); 4310 }; 4311 4312 /* 4313 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 4314 * and registration/helper functions 4315 */ 4316 4317 /** 4318 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 4319 * 4320 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split 4321 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for UHB. 4322 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 4323 * wiphy at all 4324 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 4325 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 4326 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 4327 * reason to override the default 4328 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 4329 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 4330 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 4331 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 4332 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 4333 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 4334 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 4335 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 4336 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 4337 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 4338 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 4339 * firmware. 4340 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 4341 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 4342 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 4343 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 4344 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 4345 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 4346 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 4347 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 4348 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 4349 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 4350 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 4351 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 4352 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 4353 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 4354 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 4355 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 4356 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 4357 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 4358 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation 4359 * before connection. 4360 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys 4361 */ 4362 enum wiphy_flags { 4363 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), 4364 /* use hole at 1 */ 4365 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), 4366 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 4367 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 4368 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 4369 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 4370 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 4371 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 4372 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 4373 /* use hole at 11 */ 4374 /* use hole at 12 */ 4375 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 4376 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 4377 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 4378 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 4379 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 4380 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 4381 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 4382 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 4383 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 4384 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 4385 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 4386 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), 4387 }; 4388 4389 /** 4390 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 4391 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 4392 * @types: interface types (bits) 4393 */ 4394 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 4395 u16 max; 4396 u16 types; 4397 }; 4398 4399 /** 4400 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 4401 * 4402 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 4403 * combinations it supports concurrently. 4404 * 4405 * Examples: 4406 * 4407 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 4408 * 4409 * .. code-block:: c 4410 * 4411 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 4412 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4413 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, 4414 * }; 4415 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 4416 * .limits = limits1, 4417 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 4418 * .max_interfaces = 2, 4419 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 4420 * }; 4421 * 4422 * 4423 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 4424 * 4425 * .. code-block:: c 4426 * 4427 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 4428 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 4429 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 4430 * }; 4431 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 4432 * .limits = limits2, 4433 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 4434 * .max_interfaces = 8, 4435 * .num_different_channels = 1, 4436 * }; 4437 * 4438 * 4439 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 4440 * 4441 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 4442 * 4443 * .. code-block:: c 4444 * 4445 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 4446 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4447 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 4448 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 4449 * }; 4450 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 4451 * .limits = limits3, 4452 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 4453 * .max_interfaces = 4, 4454 * .num_different_channels = 2, 4455 * }; 4456 * 4457 */ 4458 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 4459 /** 4460 * @limits: 4461 * limits for the given interface types 4462 */ 4463 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 4464 4465 /** 4466 * @num_different_channels: 4467 * can use up to this many different channels 4468 */ 4469 u32 num_different_channels; 4470 4471 /** 4472 * @max_interfaces: 4473 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 4474 */ 4475 u16 max_interfaces; 4476 4477 /** 4478 * @n_limits: 4479 * number of limitations 4480 */ 4481 u8 n_limits; 4482 4483 /** 4484 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 4485 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 4486 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 4487 */ 4488 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4489 4490 /** 4491 * @radar_detect_widths: 4492 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4493 */ 4494 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4495 4496 /** 4497 * @radar_detect_regions: 4498 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4499 */ 4500 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4501 4502 /** 4503 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4504 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4505 * 4506 * = 0 4507 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4508 * > 0 4509 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4510 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4511 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4512 */ 4513 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4514 }; 4515 4516 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4517 u16 tx, rx; 4518 }; 4519 4520 /** 4521 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4522 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4523 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4524 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4525 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4526 * packet should be preserved in that case 4527 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4528 * (see nl80211.h) 4529 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4530 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4531 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4532 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4533 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4534 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4535 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4536 */ 4537 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4538 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4539 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4540 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4541 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 4542 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 4543 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 4544 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 4545 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 4546 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 4547 }; 4548 4549 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 4550 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 4551 u32 data_payload_max; 4552 u32 data_interval_max; 4553 u32 wake_payload_max; 4554 bool seq; 4555 }; 4556 4557 /** 4558 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 4559 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 4560 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 4561 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4562 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4563 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4564 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4565 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 4566 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 4567 * scheduled scans. 4568 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 4569 * details. 4570 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 4571 */ 4572 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 4573 u32 flags; 4574 int n_patterns; 4575 int pattern_max_len; 4576 int pattern_min_len; 4577 int max_pkt_offset; 4578 int max_nd_match_sets; 4579 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 4580 }; 4581 4582 /** 4583 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 4584 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 4585 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4586 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 4587 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4588 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4589 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4590 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4591 */ 4592 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 4593 int n_rules; 4594 int max_delay; 4595 int n_patterns; 4596 int pattern_max_len; 4597 int pattern_min_len; 4598 int max_pkt_offset; 4599 }; 4600 4601 /** 4602 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 4603 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 4604 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 4605 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 4606 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 4607 */ 4608 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 4609 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 4610 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 4611 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 4612 }; 4613 4614 /** 4615 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 4616 * 4617 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 4618 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 4619 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 4620 * 4621 */ 4622 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 4623 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 4624 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 4625 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 4626 }; 4627 4628 /** 4629 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 4630 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 4631 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 4632 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 4633 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 4634 */ 4635 4636 struct sta_opmode_info { 4637 u32 changed; 4638 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 4639 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 4640 u8 rx_nss; 4641 }; 4642 4643 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 4644 4645 /** 4646 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 4647 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 4648 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 4649 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 4650 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 4651 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 4652 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 4653 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 4654 * dumpit calls. 4655 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 4656 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 4657 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 4658 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 4659 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 4660 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 4661 * are used with dump requests. 4662 */ 4663 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 4664 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 4665 u32 flags; 4666 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4667 const void *data, int data_len); 4668 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4669 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 4670 unsigned long *storage); 4671 const struct nla_policy *policy; 4672 unsigned int maxattr; 4673 }; 4674 4675 /** 4676 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 4677 * @iftype: interface type 4678 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4679 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 4680 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 4681 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 4682 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 4683 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4684 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4685 */ 4686 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 4687 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4688 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 4689 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 4690 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4691 }; 4692 4693 /** 4694 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 4695 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 4696 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 4697 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 4698 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 4699 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 4700 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 4701 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 4702 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 4703 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 4704 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 4705 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 4706 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 4707 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 4708 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 4709 * not limited) 4710 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 4711 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 4712 */ 4713 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 4714 unsigned int max_peers; 4715 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 4716 randomize_mac_addr:1; 4717 4718 struct { 4719 u32 preambles; 4720 u32 bandwidths; 4721 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 4722 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 4723 u8 supported:1, 4724 asap:1, 4725 non_asap:1, 4726 request_lci:1, 4727 request_civicloc:1, 4728 trigger_based:1, 4729 non_trigger_based:1; 4730 } ftm; 4731 }; 4732 4733 /** 4734 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 4735 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 4736 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 4737 * 4738 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 4739 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 4740 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4741 */ 4742 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 4743 u16 iftypes_mask; 4744 const u32 *akm_suites; 4745 int n_akm_suites; 4746 }; 4747 4748 /** 4749 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 4750 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device 4751 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 4752 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 4753 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 4754 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 4755 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 4756 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 4757 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 4758 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 4759 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 4760 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 4761 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 4762 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 4763 * iftype_akm_suites. 4764 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4765 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 4766 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 4767 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 4768 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 4769 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 4770 * suites are specified separately. 4771 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 4772 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 4773 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 4774 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 4775 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 4776 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 4777 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 4778 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 4779 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 4780 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 4781 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 4782 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 4783 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 4784 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 4785 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 4786 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 4787 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 4788 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 4789 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 4790 * unregister hardware 4791 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 4792 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 4793 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 4794 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 4795 * (see below). 4796 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 4797 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 4798 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 4799 * must be set by driver 4800 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 4801 * list single interface types. 4802 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 4803 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 4804 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 4805 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 4806 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 4807 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 4808 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 4809 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 4810 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 4811 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 4812 * this variable determines its size 4813 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 4814 * any given scan 4815 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 4816 * the device can run concurrently. 4817 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 4818 * for in any given scheduled scan 4819 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 4820 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 4821 * supported. 4822 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 4823 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 4824 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 4825 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 4826 * scans 4827 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 4828 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 4829 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 4830 * single scan plan supported by the device. 4831 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 4832 * scan plan supported by the device. 4833 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 4834 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 4835 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 4836 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 4837 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 4838 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 4839 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 4840 * 4841 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 4842 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 4843 * type 4844 * 4845 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4846 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4847 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 4848 * 4849 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4850 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4851 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 4852 * 4853 * @probe_resp_offload: 4854 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 4855 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4856 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4857 * 4858 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 4859 * may request, if implemented. 4860 * 4861 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 4862 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 4863 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 4864 * to the suspend() operation instead. 4865 * 4866 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 4867 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 4868 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4869 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 4870 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4871 * 4872 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 4873 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 4874 * 4875 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 4876 * supports for ACL. 4877 * 4878 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4879 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 4880 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 4881 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 4882 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 4883 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 4884 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 4885 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4886 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4887 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 4888 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 4889 * capabilities are specified separately. 4890 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 4891 * 4892 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 4893 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 4894 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 4895 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 4896 * 4897 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 4898 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 4899 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 4900 * some cases, but may not always reach. 4901 * 4902 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 4903 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 4904 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 4905 * infinite. 4906 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 4907 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 4908 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 4909 * 4910 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 4911 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 4912 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 4913 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 4914 * 4915 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 4916 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 4917 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 4918 * 4919 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 4920 * wake_tx_queue 4921 * 4922 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 4923 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 4924 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 4925 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 4926 * 4927 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 4928 * 4929 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 4930 * device has 4931 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 4932 * supported by the driver for each vif 4933 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 4934 * supported by the driver for each peer 4935 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 4936 * long/short retry configuration 4937 * 4938 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 4939 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 4940 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 4941 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities 4942 */ 4943 struct wiphy { 4944 struct mutex mtx; 4945 4946 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 4947 4948 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4949 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 4950 4951 struct mac_address *addresses; 4952 4953 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 4954 4955 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 4956 int n_iface_combinations; 4957 u16 software_iftypes; 4958 4959 u16 n_addresses; 4960 4961 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 4962 u16 interface_modes; 4963 4964 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 4965 4966 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 4967 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 4968 4969 u32 ap_sme_capa; 4970 4971 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 4972 4973 int bss_priv_size; 4974 u8 max_scan_ssids; 4975 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 4976 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 4977 u8 max_match_sets; 4978 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 4979 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 4980 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 4981 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 4982 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 4983 4984 int n_cipher_suites; 4985 const u32 *cipher_suites; 4986 4987 int n_akm_suites; 4988 const u32 *akm_suites; 4989 4990 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 4991 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 4992 4993 u8 retry_short; 4994 u8 retry_long; 4995 u32 frag_threshold; 4996 u32 rts_threshold; 4997 u8 coverage_class; 4998 4999 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 5000 u32 hw_version; 5001 5002 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 5003 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 5004 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 5005 #endif 5006 5007 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 5008 5009 u8 max_num_pmkids; 5010 5011 u32 available_antennas_tx; 5012 u32 available_antennas_rx; 5013 5014 u32 probe_resp_offload; 5015 5016 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 5017 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5018 5019 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 5020 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 5021 5022 const void *privid; 5023 5024 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 5025 5026 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5027 struct regulatory_request *request); 5028 5029 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 5030 5031 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 5032 5033 struct device dev; 5034 5035 bool registered; 5036 5037 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 5038 5039 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 5040 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 5041 5042 struct list_head wdev_list; 5043 5044 possible_net_t _net; 5045 5046 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5047 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 5048 #endif 5049 5050 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 5051 5052 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 5053 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 5054 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 5055 5056 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 5057 5058 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 5059 5060 u32 bss_select_support; 5061 5062 u8 nan_supported_bands; 5063 5064 u32 txq_limit; 5065 u32 txq_memory_limit; 5066 u32 txq_quantum; 5067 5068 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 5069 5070 u8 support_mbssid:1, 5071 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 5072 5073 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 5074 5075 struct { 5076 u64 peer, vif; 5077 u8 max_retry; 5078 } tid_config_support; 5079 5080 u8 max_data_retry_count; 5081 5082 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; 5083 5084 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 5085 }; 5086 5087 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5088 { 5089 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 5090 } 5091 5092 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 5093 { 5094 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 5095 } 5096 5097 /** 5098 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 5099 * 5100 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 5101 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 5102 */ 5103 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5104 { 5105 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 5106 return &wiphy->priv; 5107 } 5108 5109 /** 5110 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 5111 * 5112 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 5113 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 5114 */ 5115 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 5116 { 5117 BUG_ON(!priv); 5118 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 5119 } 5120 5121 /** 5122 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 5123 * 5124 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 5125 * @dev: The device to parent it to 5126 */ 5127 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 5128 { 5129 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 5130 } 5131 5132 /** 5133 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 5134 * 5135 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 5136 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 5137 */ 5138 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5139 { 5140 return wiphy->dev.parent; 5141 } 5142 5143 /** 5144 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 5145 * 5146 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 5147 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 5148 */ 5149 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 5150 { 5151 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 5152 } 5153 5154 /** 5155 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5156 * 5157 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5158 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5159 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 5160 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 5161 * 5162 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5163 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5164 * 5165 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5166 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5167 */ 5168 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 5169 const char *requested_name); 5170 5171 /** 5172 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5173 * 5174 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5175 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5176 * 5177 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5178 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5179 * 5180 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5181 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5182 */ 5183 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 5184 int sizeof_priv) 5185 { 5186 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 5187 } 5188 5189 /** 5190 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 5191 * 5192 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 5193 * 5194 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 5195 */ 5196 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5197 5198 /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ 5199 #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) 5200 5201 /** 5202 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking 5203 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5204 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5205 * 5206 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() 5207 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). 5208 */ 5209 #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ 5210 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5211 5212 /** 5213 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx 5214 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5215 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5216 * 5217 * Return the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the 5218 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. 5219 */ 5220 #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ 5221 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5222 5223 /** 5224 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy 5225 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from 5226 */ 5227 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5228 5229 /** 5230 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 5231 * 5232 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 5233 * 5234 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 5235 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 5236 * request that is being handled. 5237 */ 5238 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5239 5240 /** 5241 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 5242 * 5243 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 5244 */ 5245 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5246 5247 /* internal structs */ 5248 struct cfg80211_conn; 5249 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 5250 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 5251 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 5252 5253 /** 5254 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy 5255 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock 5256 * 5257 * This is mostly exposed so it can be done around registering and 5258 * unregistering netdevs that aren't created through cfg80211 calls, 5259 * since that requires locking in cfg80211 when the notifiers is 5260 * called, but that cannot differentiate which way it's called. 5261 * 5262 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. 5263 */ 5264 static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5265 __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) 5266 { 5267 mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); 5268 __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); 5269 } 5270 5271 /** 5272 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again 5273 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock 5274 */ 5275 static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5276 __releases(&wiphy->mtx) 5277 { 5278 __release(&wiphy->mtx); 5279 mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); 5280 } 5281 5282 /** 5283 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 5284 * 5285 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 5286 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 5287 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 5288 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 5289 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, 5290 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or 5291 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops 5292 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) 5293 * 5294 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 5295 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 5296 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 5297 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 5298 * 5299 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 5300 * @iftype: interface type 5301 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 5302 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 5303 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 5304 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 5305 * wireless device if it has no netdev 5306 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5307 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track 5308 * the user-set channel definition. 5309 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to 5310 * track the channel to be used for AP later 5311 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5312 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5313 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5314 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5315 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5316 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 5317 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 5318 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 5319 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 5320 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 5321 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 5322 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 5323 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 5324 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 5325 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 5326 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 5327 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 5328 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 5329 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 5330 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 5331 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 5332 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 5333 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list 5334 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, 5335 * need to propagate the update to the driver 5336 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 5337 * and some API functions require it held 5338 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 5339 * beacons, 0 when not valid 5340 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 5341 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 5342 * the P2P Device. 5343 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 5344 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 5345 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 5346 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 5347 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 5348 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 5349 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 5350 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 5351 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 5352 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 5353 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 5354 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 5355 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 5356 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID 5357 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel 5358 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 5359 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 5360 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 5361 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 5362 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 5363 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 5364 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 5365 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 5366 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last 5367 * unprotected beacon report 5368 */ 5369 struct wireless_dev { 5370 struct wiphy *wiphy; 5371 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5372 5373 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 5374 struct list_head list; 5375 struct net_device *netdev; 5376 5377 u32 identifier; 5378 5379 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 5380 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock; 5381 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; 5382 5383 struct mutex mtx; 5384 5385 bool use_4addr, is_running, registered; 5386 5387 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 5388 5389 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 5390 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5391 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len; 5392 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 5393 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 5394 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 5395 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 5396 5397 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 5398 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5399 5400 struct list_head event_list; 5401 spinlock_t event_lock; 5402 5403 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */ 5404 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 5405 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5406 5407 bool ibss_fixed; 5408 bool ibss_dfs_possible; 5409 5410 bool ps; 5411 int ps_timeout; 5412 5413 int beacon_interval; 5414 5415 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 5416 5417 u32 owner_nlportid; 5418 bool nl_owner_dead; 5419 5420 bool cac_started; 5421 unsigned long cac_start_time; 5422 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 5423 5424 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5425 /* wext data */ 5426 struct { 5427 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 5428 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 5429 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 5430 const u8 *ie; 5431 size_t ie_len; 5432 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5433 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5434 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5435 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 5436 bool prev_bssid_valid; 5437 } wext; 5438 #endif 5439 5440 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 5441 5442 struct list_head pmsr_list; 5443 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 5444 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 5445 5446 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; 5447 }; 5448 5449 static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5450 { 5451 if (wdev->netdev) 5452 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 5453 return wdev->address; 5454 } 5455 5456 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5457 { 5458 if (wdev->netdev) 5459 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 5460 return wdev->is_running; 5461 } 5462 5463 /** 5464 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 5465 * 5466 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 5467 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 5468 */ 5469 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5470 { 5471 BUG_ON(!wdev); 5472 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 5473 } 5474 5475 /** 5476 * DOC: Utility functions 5477 * 5478 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 5479 */ 5480 5481 /** 5482 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel 5483 * 5484 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel 5485 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel 5486 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b 5487 */ 5488 static inline bool 5489 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, 5490 struct ieee80211_channel *b) 5491 { 5492 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && 5493 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); 5494 } 5495 5496 /** 5497 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz 5498 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert 5499 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) 5500 */ 5501 static inline u32 5502 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 5503 { 5504 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; 5505 } 5506 5507 /** 5508 * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan 5509 * 5510 * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ 5511 * @chan: channel 5512 * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq 5513 */ 5514 enum nl80211_chan_width 5515 ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 5516 5517 /** 5518 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency 5519 * @chan: channel number 5520 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5521 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5522 */ 5523 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 5524 5525 /** 5526 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 5527 * @chan: channel number 5528 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5529 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5530 */ 5531 static inline int 5532 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) 5533 { 5534 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); 5535 } 5536 5537 /** 5538 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5539 * @freq: center frequency in KHz 5540 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5541 */ 5542 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); 5543 5544 /** 5545 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5546 * @freq: center frequency in MHz 5547 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5548 */ 5549 static inline int 5550 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) 5551 { 5552 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 5553 } 5554 5555 /** 5556 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified 5557 * frequency 5558 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5559 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel 5560 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5561 */ 5562 struct ieee80211_channel * 5563 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); 5564 5565 /** 5566 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 5567 * 5568 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5569 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel 5570 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5571 */ 5572 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 5573 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) 5574 { 5575 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 5576 } 5577 5578 /** 5579 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC 5580 * @chan: control channel to check 5581 * 5582 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in 5583 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 5584 */ 5585 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 5586 { 5587 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) 5588 return false; 5589 5590 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; 5591 } 5592 5593 /** 5594 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 5595 * 5596 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5597 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 5598 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 5599 * 5600 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 5601 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 5602 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 5603 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 5604 */ 5605 struct ieee80211_rate * 5606 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5607 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 5608 5609 /** 5610 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 5611 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5612 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 5613 * 5614 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 5615 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 5616 */ 5617 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5618 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 5619 5620 /* 5621 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 5622 * 5623 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 5624 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst 5625 */ 5626 5627 struct radiotap_align_size { 5628 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 5629 }; 5630 5631 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 5632 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 5633 int n_bits; 5634 uint32_t oui; 5635 uint8_t subns; 5636 }; 5637 5638 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 5639 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 5640 int n_ns; 5641 }; 5642 5643 /** 5644 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 5645 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 5646 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 5647 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 5648 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 5649 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 5650 * the beginning of the actual data portion 5651 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 5652 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 5653 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 5654 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 5655 * radiotap namespace or not 5656 * 5657 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 5658 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 5659 * @_arg_index: next argument index 5660 * @_arg: next argument pointer 5661 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 5662 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 5663 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 5664 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 5665 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 5666 * next bitmap word 5667 * 5668 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 5669 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 5670 */ 5671 5672 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 5673 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 5674 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 5675 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 5676 5677 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 5678 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 5679 5680 unsigned char *this_arg; 5681 int this_arg_index; 5682 int this_arg_size; 5683 5684 int is_radiotap_ns; 5685 5686 int _max_length; 5687 int _arg_index; 5688 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 5689 int _reset_on_ext; 5690 }; 5691 5692 int 5693 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 5694 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 5695 int max_length, 5696 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 5697 5698 int 5699 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 5700 5701 5702 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 5703 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 5704 5705 /** 5706 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 5707 * 5708 * @skb: the frame 5709 * 5710 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 5711 * returns the 802.11 header length. 5712 * 5713 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 5714 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 5715 * 802.11 header. 5716 */ 5717 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 5718 5719 /** 5720 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 5721 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 5722 * Return: The header length in bytes. 5723 */ 5724 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 5725 5726 /** 5727 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 5728 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 5729 * (first byte) will be accessed 5730 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 5731 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 5732 */ 5733 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 5734 5735 /** 5736 * DOC: Data path helpers 5737 * 5738 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 5739 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 5740 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 5741 */ 5742 5743 /** 5744 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5745 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5746 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 5747 * of it being pushed into the SKB 5748 * @addr: the device MAC address 5749 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5750 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 5751 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5752 */ 5753 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 5754 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5755 u8 data_offset); 5756 5757 /** 5758 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5759 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5760 * @addr: the device MAC address 5761 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5762 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5763 */ 5764 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 5765 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 5766 { 5767 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0); 5768 } 5769 5770 /** 5771 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 5772 * 5773 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 5774 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 5775 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 5776 * 5777 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 5778 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 5779 * initialized by the caller. 5780 * @addr: The device MAC address. 5781 * @iftype: The device interface type. 5782 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 5783 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5784 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5785 */ 5786 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 5787 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5788 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 5789 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); 5790 5791 /** 5792 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 5793 * @skb: the data frame 5794 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 5795 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 5796 */ 5797 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 5798 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 5799 5800 /** 5801 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 5802 * 5803 * @eid: element ID 5804 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5805 * @len: length of data 5806 * @match: byte array to match 5807 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5808 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 5809 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 5810 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 5811 * the data portion instead. 5812 * 5813 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5814 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5815 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5816 * requested element struct. 5817 * 5818 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5819 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5820 * byte array to match. 5821 */ 5822 const struct element * 5823 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5824 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5825 unsigned int match_offset); 5826 5827 /** 5828 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 5829 * 5830 * @eid: element ID 5831 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5832 * @len: length of data 5833 * @match: byte array to match 5834 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5835 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 5836 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 5837 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 5838 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 5839 * the second byte is the IE length. 5840 * 5841 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5842 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5843 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 5844 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5845 * element ID. 5846 * 5847 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5848 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5849 * byte array to match. 5850 */ 5851 static inline const u8 * 5852 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5853 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5854 unsigned int match_offset) 5855 { 5856 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 5857 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 5858 */ 5859 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 5860 (!match_len && match_offset))) 5861 return NULL; 5862 5863 return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 5864 match, match_len, 5865 match_offset ? 5866 match_offset - 2 : 0); 5867 } 5868 5869 /** 5870 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 5871 * 5872 * @eid: element ID 5873 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5874 * @len: length of data 5875 * 5876 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5877 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5878 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5879 * requested element struct. 5880 * 5881 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5882 * having to fit into the given data. 5883 */ 5884 static inline const struct element * 5885 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5886 { 5887 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5888 } 5889 5890 /** 5891 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 5892 * 5893 * @eid: element ID 5894 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5895 * @len: length of data 5896 * 5897 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5898 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5899 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5900 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5901 * 5902 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5903 * having to fit into the given data. 5904 */ 5905 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5906 { 5907 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5908 } 5909 5910 /** 5911 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 5912 * 5913 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5914 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5915 * @len: length of data 5916 * 5917 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 5918 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5919 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5920 * requested element struct. 5921 * 5922 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5923 * having to fit into the given data. 5924 */ 5925 static inline const struct element * 5926 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5927 { 5928 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5929 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 5930 } 5931 5932 /** 5933 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 5934 * 5935 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5936 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5937 * @len: length of data 5938 * 5939 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 5940 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5941 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5942 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5943 * 5944 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5945 * having to fit into the given data. 5946 */ 5947 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5948 { 5949 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5950 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 5951 } 5952 5953 /** 5954 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 5955 * 5956 * @oui: vendor OUI 5957 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5958 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5959 * @len: length of data 5960 * 5961 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5962 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 5963 * return the element structure for the requested element. 5964 * 5965 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5966 * the given data. 5967 */ 5968 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5969 const u8 *ies, 5970 unsigned int len); 5971 5972 /** 5973 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 5974 * 5975 * @oui: vendor OUI 5976 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5977 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5978 * @len: length of data 5979 * 5980 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5981 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 5982 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5983 * element ID. 5984 * 5985 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5986 * the given data. 5987 */ 5988 static inline const u8 * 5989 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5990 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 5991 { 5992 return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 5993 } 5994 5995 /** 5996 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 5997 * 5998 * @dev: network device 5999 * @addr: STA MAC address 6000 * 6001 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 6002 * devices upon STA association. 6003 */ 6004 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6005 6006 /** 6007 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 6008 * 6009 * TODO 6010 */ 6011 6012 /** 6013 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 6014 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 6015 * conflicts) 6016 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 6017 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 6018 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 6019 * alpha2. 6020 * 6021 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 6022 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 6023 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 6024 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 6025 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 6026 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 6027 * 6028 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 6029 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 6030 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 6031 * 6032 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6033 * an -ENOMEM. 6034 * 6035 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 6036 */ 6037 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 6038 6039 /** 6040 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 6041 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6042 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 6043 * 6044 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 6045 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 6046 * information. 6047 * 6048 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6049 */ 6050 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6051 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6052 6053 /** 6054 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers 6055 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6056 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 6057 * 6058 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and 6059 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details 6060 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 6061 * 6062 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6063 */ 6064 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6065 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6066 6067 /** 6068 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 6069 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6070 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 6071 * 6072 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 6073 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 6074 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 6075 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 6076 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 6077 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 6078 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 6079 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 6080 * that called this helper. 6081 */ 6082 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6083 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 6084 6085 /** 6086 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 6087 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 6088 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 6089 * 6090 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 6091 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 6092 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 6093 * and processed already. 6094 * 6095 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 6096 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 6097 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 6098 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 6099 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 6100 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 6101 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 6102 */ 6103 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6104 u32 center_freq); 6105 6106 /** 6107 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 6108 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 6109 * 6110 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 6111 * proper string representation. 6112 */ 6113 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 6114 6115 /** 6116 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 6117 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 6118 * 6119 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 6120 */ 6121 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6122 6123 /** 6124 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 6125 * 6126 */ 6127 6128 /** 6129 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 6130 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 6131 * 6132 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 6133 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 6134 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 6135 * 6136 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 6137 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 6138 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 6139 * 6140 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6141 * an -ENODATA. 6142 * 6143 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 6144 */ 6145 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 6146 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 6147 6148 /* 6149 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 6150 * functions and BSS handling helpers 6151 */ 6152 6153 /** 6154 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 6155 * 6156 * @request: the corresponding scan request 6157 * @info: information about the completed scan 6158 */ 6159 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 6160 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 6161 6162 /** 6163 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 6164 * 6165 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 6166 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6167 */ 6168 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6169 6170 /** 6171 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6172 * 6173 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6174 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6175 * 6176 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6177 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6178 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6179 */ 6180 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6181 6182 /** 6183 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6184 * 6185 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6186 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6187 * 6188 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6189 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6190 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6191 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. 6192 */ 6193 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6194 6195 /** 6196 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 6197 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 6198 * @data: the BSS metadata 6199 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 6200 * @len: length of the management frame 6201 * @gfp: context flags 6202 * 6203 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 6204 * the BSS should be updated/added. 6205 * 6206 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 6207 * Or %NULL on error. 6208 */ 6209 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6210 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6211 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 6212 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6213 gfp_t gfp); 6214 6215 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6216 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6217 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6218 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 6219 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6220 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6221 { 6222 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6223 .chan = rx_channel, 6224 .scan_width = scan_width, 6225 .signal = signal, 6226 }; 6227 6228 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 6229 } 6230 6231 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6232 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6233 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6234 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6235 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6236 { 6237 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6238 .chan = rx_channel, 6239 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 6240 .signal = signal, 6241 }; 6242 6243 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 6244 } 6245 6246 /** 6247 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 6248 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 6249 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 6250 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 6251 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 6252 */ 6253 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 6254 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 6255 { 6256 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 6257 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 6258 u64 new_bssid_u64; 6259 6260 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 6261 6262 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 6263 6264 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 6265 } 6266 6267 /** 6268 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 6269 * @element: element to check 6270 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 6271 */ 6272 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 6273 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 6274 6275 /** 6276 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 6277 * @ie: ies 6278 * @ielen: length of IEs 6279 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 6280 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 6281 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 6282 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 6283 */ 6284 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6285 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 6286 const struct element *sub_elem, 6287 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 6288 6289 /** 6290 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 6291 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 6292 * from a beacon or probe response 6293 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 6294 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 6295 */ 6296 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 6297 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 6298 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 6299 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 6300 }; 6301 6302 /** 6303 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 6304 * 6305 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 6306 * @data: the BSS metadata 6307 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 6308 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 6309 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 6310 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 6311 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 6312 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 6313 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 6314 * @gfp: context flags 6315 * 6316 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 6317 * the BSS should be updated/added. 6318 * 6319 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 6320 * Or %NULL on error. 6321 */ 6322 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6323 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6324 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 6325 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6326 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6327 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6328 gfp_t gfp); 6329 6330 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6331 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6332 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6333 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 6334 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6335 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6336 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6337 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6338 { 6339 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6340 .chan = rx_channel, 6341 .scan_width = scan_width, 6342 .signal = signal, 6343 }; 6344 6345 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 6346 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 6347 gfp); 6348 } 6349 6350 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6351 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6352 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6353 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6354 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6355 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6356 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6357 { 6358 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6359 .chan = rx_channel, 6360 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 6361 .signal = signal, 6362 }; 6363 6364 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 6365 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 6366 gfp); 6367 } 6368 6369 /** 6370 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 6371 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6372 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 6373 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 6374 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 6375 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 6376 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 6377 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 6378 */ 6379 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6380 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 6381 const u8 *bssid, 6382 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 6383 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 6384 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 6385 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 6386 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6387 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 6388 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 6389 { 6390 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 6391 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 6392 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 6393 } 6394 6395 /** 6396 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 6397 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6398 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 6399 * 6400 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 6401 */ 6402 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6403 6404 /** 6405 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 6406 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6407 * @bss: the BSS struct 6408 * 6409 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 6410 */ 6411 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6412 6413 /** 6414 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 6415 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6416 * @bss: the bss to remove 6417 * 6418 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 6419 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 6420 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 6421 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 6422 */ 6423 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6424 6425 /** 6426 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 6427 * 6428 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 6429 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 6430 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 6431 * 6432 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6433 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 6434 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 6435 * @iter: the iterator function to call 6436 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 6437 */ 6438 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6439 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6440 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6441 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 6442 void *data), 6443 void *iter_data); 6444 6445 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 6446 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 6447 { 6448 switch (chandef->width) { 6449 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 6450 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 6451 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 6452 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 6453 default: 6454 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 6455 } 6456 } 6457 6458 /** 6459 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 6460 * @dev: network device 6461 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 6462 * @len: length of the frame data 6463 * 6464 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 6465 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 6466 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 6467 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6468 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6469 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6470 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 6471 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 6472 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 6473 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 6474 * 6475 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6476 */ 6477 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6478 6479 /** 6480 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 6481 * @dev: network device 6482 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 6483 * 6484 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 6485 * mutex. 6486 */ 6487 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6488 6489 /** 6490 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 6491 * @dev: network device 6492 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 6493 * moves to cfg80211 in this call 6494 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 6495 * @len: length of the frame data 6496 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 6497 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 6498 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 6499 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 6500 * 6501 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6502 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6503 * 6504 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6505 */ 6506 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 6507 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 6508 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 6509 int uapsd_queues, 6510 const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len); 6511 6512 /** 6513 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association 6514 * @dev: network device 6515 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out. 6516 * 6517 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6518 */ 6519 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6520 6521 /** 6522 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt 6523 * @dev: network device 6524 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned. 6525 * 6526 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX, 6527 * an association attempt was abandoned. 6528 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6529 */ 6530 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6531 6532 /** 6533 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 6534 * @dev: network device 6535 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 6536 * @len: length of the frame data 6537 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) 6538 * 6539 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 6540 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 6541 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 6542 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 6543 */ 6544 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 6545 bool reconnect); 6546 6547 /** 6548 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 6549 * @dev: network device 6550 * @buf: received management frame (header + body) 6551 * @len: length of the frame data 6552 * 6553 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 6554 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 6555 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon 6556 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while 6557 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 6558 * 6559 * This function may sleep. 6560 */ 6561 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 6562 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6563 6564 /** 6565 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 6566 * @dev: network device 6567 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 6568 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 6569 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 6570 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 6571 * @gfp: allocation flags 6572 * 6573 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 6574 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 6575 * primitive. 6576 */ 6577 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 6578 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 6579 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 6580 6581 /** 6582 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 6583 * 6584 * @dev: network device 6585 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 6586 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 6587 * @gfp: allocation flags 6588 * 6589 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 6590 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 6591 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 6592 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 6593 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 6594 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 6595 */ 6596 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6597 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 6598 6599 /** 6600 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer 6601 * candidate 6602 * 6603 * @dev: network device 6604 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 6605 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 6606 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 6607 * @gfp: allocation flags 6608 * 6609 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 6610 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 6611 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 6612 */ 6613 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 6614 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 6615 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 6616 6617 /** 6618 * DOC: RFkill integration 6619 * 6620 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 6621 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 6622 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 6623 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 6624 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 6625 * 6626 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 6627 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 6628 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 6629 */ 6630 6631 /** 6632 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 6633 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6634 * @blocked: block status 6635 */ 6636 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked); 6637 6638 /** 6639 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 6640 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6641 */ 6642 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6643 6644 /** 6645 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 6646 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6647 */ 6648 void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6649 6650 /** 6651 * DOC: Vendor commands 6652 * 6653 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 6654 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 6655 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 6656 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 6657 * the configuration mechanism. 6658 * 6659 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 6660 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 6661 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 6662 * 6663 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 6664 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 6665 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 6666 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 6667 * managers etc. need. 6668 */ 6669 6670 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6671 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6672 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6673 int approxlen); 6674 6675 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6676 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6677 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6678 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6679 unsigned int portid, 6680 int vendor_event_idx, 6681 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 6682 6683 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 6684 6685 /** 6686 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 6687 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6688 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6689 * be put into the skb 6690 * 6691 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6692 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6693 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 6694 * 6695 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 6696 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6697 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6698 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6699 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6700 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 6701 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 6702 * 6703 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 6704 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 6705 * 6706 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6707 */ 6708 static inline struct sk_buff * 6709 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6710 { 6711 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6712 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 6713 } 6714 6715 /** 6716 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 6717 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6718 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 6719 * 6720 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6721 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 6722 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 6723 * skb regardless of the return value. 6724 * 6725 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6726 */ 6727 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 6728 6729 /** 6730 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender 6731 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6732 * 6733 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 6734 * Valid to call only there. 6735 */ 6736 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6737 6738 /** 6739 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 6740 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6741 * @wdev: the wireless device 6742 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6743 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6744 * be put into the skb 6745 * @gfp: allocation flags 6746 * 6747 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6748 * vendor-specific multicast group. 6749 * 6750 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6751 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6752 * attribute. 6753 * 6754 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6755 * skb to send the event. 6756 * 6757 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6758 */ 6759 static inline struct sk_buff * 6760 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6761 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6762 { 6763 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6764 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6765 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6766 } 6767 6768 /** 6769 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 6770 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6771 * @wdev: the wireless device 6772 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6773 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 6774 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6775 * be put into the skb 6776 * @gfp: allocation flags 6777 * 6778 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 6779 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 6780 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 6781 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 6782 * 6783 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6784 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6785 * attribute. 6786 * 6787 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6788 * skb to send the event. 6789 * 6790 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6791 */ 6792 static inline struct sk_buff * 6793 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6794 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6795 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 6796 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6797 { 6798 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6799 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6800 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6801 } 6802 6803 /** 6804 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 6805 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 6806 * @gfp: allocation flags 6807 * 6808 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6809 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 6810 */ 6811 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6812 { 6813 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6814 } 6815 6816 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 6817 /** 6818 * DOC: Test mode 6819 * 6820 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 6821 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 6822 * factory programming. 6823 * 6824 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 6825 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 6826 */ 6827 6828 /** 6829 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 6830 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6831 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6832 * be put into the skb 6833 * 6834 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6835 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6836 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 6837 * 6838 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 6839 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6840 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6841 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6842 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6843 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 6844 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 6845 * 6846 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 6847 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 6848 * 6849 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6850 */ 6851 static inline struct sk_buff * 6852 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6853 { 6854 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6855 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 6856 } 6857 6858 /** 6859 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 6860 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6861 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 6862 * 6863 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6864 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 6865 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 6866 * regardless of the return value. 6867 * 6868 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6869 */ 6870 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 6871 { 6872 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 6873 } 6874 6875 /** 6876 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 6877 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6878 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6879 * be put into the skb 6880 * @gfp: allocation flags 6881 * 6882 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6883 * testmode multicast group. 6884 * 6885 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 6886 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 6887 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 6888 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 6889 * in any other way. 6890 * 6891 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 6892 * skb to send the event. 6893 * 6894 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6895 */ 6896 static inline struct sk_buff * 6897 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 6898 { 6899 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6900 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 6901 approxlen, gfp); 6902 } 6903 6904 /** 6905 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 6906 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6907 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 6908 * @gfp: allocation flags 6909 * 6910 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6911 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 6912 * consumes it. 6913 */ 6914 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6915 { 6916 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6917 } 6918 6919 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 6920 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 6921 #else 6922 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 6923 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 6924 #endif 6925 6926 /** 6927 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 6928 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 6929 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 6930 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 6931 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 6932 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 6933 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 6934 * status for a FILS connection. 6935 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6936 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 6937 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 6938 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6939 */ 6940 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 6941 const u8 *kek; 6942 size_t kek_len; 6943 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 6944 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 6945 const u8 *pmk; 6946 size_t pmk_len; 6947 const u8 *pmkid; 6948 }; 6949 6950 /** 6951 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 6952 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6953 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6954 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6955 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6956 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6957 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6958 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6959 * case. 6960 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL) 6961 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6962 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 6963 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 6964 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 6965 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 6966 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 6967 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 6968 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 6969 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6970 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 6971 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 6972 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6973 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6974 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6975 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6976 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6977 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6978 */ 6979 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 6980 int status; 6981 const u8 *bssid; 6982 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6983 const u8 *req_ie; 6984 size_t req_ie_len; 6985 const u8 *resp_ie; 6986 size_t resp_ie_len; 6987 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6988 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 6989 }; 6990 6991 /** 6992 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6993 * 6994 * @dev: network device 6995 * @params: connection response parameters 6996 * @gfp: allocation flags 6997 * 6998 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6999 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7000 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 7001 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 7002 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 7003 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7004 */ 7005 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 7006 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 7007 gfp_t gfp); 7008 7009 /** 7010 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7011 * 7012 * @dev: network device 7013 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7014 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 7015 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 7016 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 7017 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 7018 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 7019 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 7020 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7021 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7022 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7023 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7024 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7025 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7026 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7027 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7028 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7029 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7030 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7031 * case. 7032 * @gfp: allocation flags 7033 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7034 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7035 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7036 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7037 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7038 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7039 * 7040 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7041 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7042 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 7043 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 7044 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7045 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7046 */ 7047 static inline void 7048 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7049 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 7050 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 7051 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 7052 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7053 { 7054 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 7055 7056 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 7057 params.status = status; 7058 params.bssid = bssid; 7059 params.bss = bss; 7060 params.req_ie = req_ie; 7061 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 7062 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 7063 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 7064 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 7065 7066 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 7067 } 7068 7069 /** 7070 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7071 * 7072 * @dev: network device 7073 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7074 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7075 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7076 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7077 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7078 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7079 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7080 * the real status code for failures. 7081 * @gfp: allocation flags 7082 * 7083 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7084 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7085 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 7086 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7087 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7088 */ 7089 static inline void 7090 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7091 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 7092 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 7093 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 7094 { 7095 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 7096 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 7097 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 7098 } 7099 7100 /** 7101 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 7102 * 7103 * @dev: network device 7104 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7105 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7106 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7107 * @gfp: allocation flags 7108 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 7109 * 7110 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 7111 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 7112 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 7113 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 7114 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 7115 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7116 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7117 */ 7118 static inline void 7119 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7120 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 7121 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7122 { 7123 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 7124 gfp, timeout_reason); 7125 } 7126 7127 /** 7128 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 7129 * 7130 * @channel: the channel of the new AP 7131 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set) 7132 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set) 7133 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7134 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7135 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7136 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7137 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 7138 */ 7139 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 7140 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 7141 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7142 const u8 *bssid; 7143 const u8 *req_ie; 7144 size_t req_ie_len; 7145 const u8 *resp_ie; 7146 size_t resp_ie_len; 7147 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 7148 }; 7149 7150 /** 7151 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 7152 * 7153 * @dev: network device 7154 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 7155 * @gfp: allocation flags 7156 * 7157 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 7158 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 7159 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 7160 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 7161 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 7162 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 7163 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 7164 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 7165 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 7166 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 7167 */ 7168 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 7169 gfp_t gfp); 7170 7171 /** 7172 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 7173 * 7174 * @dev: network device 7175 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7176 * @gfp: allocation flags 7177 * 7178 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 7179 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 7180 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 7181 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 7182 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 7183 * indicate the 802.11 association. 7184 */ 7185 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7186 gfp_t gfp); 7187 7188 /** 7189 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 7190 * 7191 * @dev: network device 7192 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 7193 * @ie_len: length of IEs 7194 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 7195 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 7196 * @gfp: allocation flags 7197 * 7198 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 7199 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 7200 */ 7201 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 7202 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 7203 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 7204 7205 /** 7206 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 7207 * @wdev: wireless device 7208 * @cookie: the request cookie 7209 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 7210 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 7211 * channel 7212 * @gfp: allocation flags 7213 */ 7214 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7215 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 7216 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 7217 7218 /** 7219 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 7220 * @wdev: wireless device 7221 * @cookie: the request cookie 7222 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 7223 * @gfp: allocation flags 7224 */ 7225 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7226 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 7227 gfp_t gfp); 7228 7229 /** 7230 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 7231 * @wdev: wireless device 7232 * @cookie: the requested cookie 7233 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 7234 * @gfp: allocation flags 7235 */ 7236 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7237 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 7238 7239 /** 7240 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 7241 * 7242 * @sinfo: the station information 7243 * @gfp: allocation flags 7244 */ 7245 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7246 7247 /** 7248 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 7249 * @sinfo: the station information 7250 * 7251 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 7252 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 7253 * the stack.) 7254 */ 7255 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 7256 { 7257 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 7258 } 7259 7260 /** 7261 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 7262 * 7263 * @dev: the netdev 7264 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7265 * @sinfo: the station information 7266 * @gfp: allocation flags 7267 */ 7268 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7269 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7270 7271 /** 7272 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 7273 * @dev: the netdev 7274 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7275 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 7276 * @gfp: allocation flags 7277 */ 7278 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7279 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7280 7281 /** 7282 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 7283 * 7284 * @dev: the netdev 7285 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7286 * @gfp: allocation flags 7287 */ 7288 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 7289 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 7290 { 7291 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 7292 } 7293 7294 /** 7295 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 7296 * 7297 * @dev: the netdev 7298 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7299 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 7300 * @gfp: allocation flags 7301 * 7302 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 7303 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 7304 * for some reasons, this function is called. 7305 * 7306 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 7307 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 7308 */ 7309 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7310 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 7311 gfp_t gfp); 7312 7313 /** 7314 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 7315 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7316 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz 7317 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7318 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7319 * @len: length of the frame data 7320 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 7321 * 7322 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 7323 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 7324 * 7325 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 7326 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 7327 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 7328 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 7329 */ 7330 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, 7331 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags); 7332 7333 /** 7334 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 7335 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7336 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 7337 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7338 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7339 * @len: length of the frame data 7340 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 7341 * 7342 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 7343 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 7344 * 7345 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 7346 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 7347 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 7348 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 7349 */ 7350 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 7351 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 7352 u32 flags) 7353 { 7354 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(wdev, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), sig_dbm, buf, len, 7355 flags); 7356 } 7357 7358 /** 7359 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 7360 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7361 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 7362 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7363 * @len: length of the frame data 7364 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 7365 * @gfp: context flags 7366 * 7367 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 7368 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 7369 * transmission attempt. 7370 */ 7371 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7372 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); 7373 7374 /** 7375 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control 7376 * port frames 7377 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7378 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() 7379 * @buf: Data frame (header + body) 7380 * @len: length of the frame data 7381 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 7382 * @gfp: context flags 7383 * 7384 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be 7385 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of 7386 * the transmission attempt. 7387 */ 7388 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7389 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, 7390 gfp_t gfp); 7391 7392 /** 7393 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 7394 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7395 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 7396 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 7397 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 7398 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 7399 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 7400 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 7401 * 7402 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 7403 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 7404 * control port frames over nl80211. 7405 * 7406 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 7407 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 7408 * 7409 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 7410 */ 7411 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, 7412 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); 7413 7414 /** 7415 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 7416 * @dev: network device 7417 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 7418 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 7419 * @gfp: context flags 7420 * 7421 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 7422 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 7423 */ 7424 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7425 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 7426 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 7427 7428 /** 7429 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 7430 * @dev: network device 7431 * @peer: peer's MAC address 7432 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 7433 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 7434 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 7435 * @gfp: context flags 7436 */ 7437 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7438 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 7439 7440 /** 7441 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 7442 * @dev: network device 7443 * @peer: peer's MAC address 7444 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 7445 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 7446 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 7447 * @gfp: context flags 7448 * 7449 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 7450 * given interval is exceeded. 7451 */ 7452 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 7453 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 7454 7455 /** 7456 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 7457 * @dev: network device 7458 * @gfp: context flags 7459 * 7460 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 7461 */ 7462 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 7463 7464 /** 7465 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 7466 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7467 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 7468 * @gfp: context flags 7469 * 7470 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 7471 */ 7472 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7473 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp); 7474 7475 /** 7476 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 7477 * @dev: network device 7478 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 7479 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 7480 * @gfp: context flags 7481 * 7482 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 7483 * frame. 7484 */ 7485 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 7486 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 7487 gfp_t gfp); 7488 7489 /** 7490 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 7491 * @netdev: network device 7492 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 7493 * @event: type of event 7494 * @gfp: context flags 7495 * 7496 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 7497 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 7498 * also by full-MAC drivers. 7499 */ 7500 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7501 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7502 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 7503 7504 7505 /** 7506 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 7507 * @dev: network device 7508 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 7509 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 7510 * @gfp: allocation flags 7511 */ 7512 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7513 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 7514 7515 /** 7516 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 7517 * @dev: network device 7518 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 7519 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 7520 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 7521 * @gfp: allocation flags 7522 */ 7523 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 7524 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 7525 7526 /** 7527 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 7528 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7529 * @addr: the transmitter address 7530 * @gfp: context flags 7531 * 7532 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 7533 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 7534 * sender. 7535 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 7536 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 7537 */ 7538 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 7539 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 7540 7541 /** 7542 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 7543 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7544 * @addr: the transmitter address 7545 * @gfp: context flags 7546 * 7547 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 7548 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 7549 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 7550 * station to avoid event flooding. 7551 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 7552 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 7553 */ 7554 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 7555 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 7556 7557 /** 7558 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 7559 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 7560 * @addr: the address of the peer 7561 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 7562 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 7563 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 7564 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 7565 * @gfp: allocation flags 7566 */ 7567 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 7568 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 7569 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 7570 7571 /** 7572 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs 7573 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 7574 * @frame: the frame 7575 * @len: length of the frame 7576 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz 7577 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7578 * 7579 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 7580 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 7581 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 7582 */ 7583 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, 7584 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); 7585 7586 /** 7587 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 7588 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 7589 * @frame: the frame 7590 * @len: length of the frame 7591 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 7592 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7593 * 7594 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 7595 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 7596 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 7597 */ 7598 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7599 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 7600 int freq, int sig_dbm) 7601 { 7602 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 7603 sig_dbm); 7604 } 7605 7606 /** 7607 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 7608 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7609 * @chandef: the channel definition 7610 * @iftype: interface type 7611 * 7612 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 7613 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 7614 */ 7615 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7616 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7617 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 7618 7619 /** 7620 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 7621 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7622 * @chandef: the channel definition 7623 * @iftype: interface type 7624 * 7625 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 7626 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 7627 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 7628 * more permissive conditions. 7629 * 7630 * Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. 7631 */ 7632 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7633 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7634 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 7635 7636 /* 7637 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 7638 * @dev: the device which switched channels 7639 * @chandef: the new channel definition 7640 * 7641 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 7642 * driver context! 7643 */ 7644 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7645 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 7646 7647 /* 7648 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 7649 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 7650 * @chandef: the future channel definition 7651 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 7652 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP 7653 * 7654 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 7655 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 7656 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 7657 */ 7658 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7659 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7660 u8 count, bool quiet); 7661 7662 /** 7663 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 7664 * 7665 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 7666 * @band: band pointer to fill 7667 * 7668 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7669 */ 7670 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 7671 enum nl80211_band *band); 7672 7673 /** 7674 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 7675 * 7676 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 7677 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 7678 * 7679 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7680 */ 7681 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7682 u8 *op_class); 7683 7684 /** 7685 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz 7686 * 7687 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 7688 * 7689 * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. 7690 */ 7691 static inline u32 7692 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 7693 { 7694 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 7695 } 7696 7697 /* 7698 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 7699 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 7700 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 7701 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 7702 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 7703 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 7704 * @gfp: allocation flags 7705 * 7706 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 7707 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 7708 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 7709 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 7710 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 7711 */ 7712 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 7713 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 7714 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 7715 7716 /* 7717 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 7718 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 7719 * 7720 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 7721 */ 7722 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 7723 7724 /** 7725 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 7726 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 7727 * 7728 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary 7729 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device 7730 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called 7731 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device 7732 * is unbound from the driver. 7733 * 7734 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 7735 */ 7736 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 7737 7738 /** 7739 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev 7740 * @dev: the netdev to register 7741 * 7742 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 7743 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is 7744 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable 7745 * instead as well. 7746 * 7747 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 7748 */ 7749 int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); 7750 7751 /** 7752 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev 7753 * @dev: the netdev to register 7754 * 7755 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 7756 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL 7757 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are 7758 * usable instead as well. 7759 * 7760 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 7761 */ 7762 static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) 7763 { 7764 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); 7765 } 7766 7767 /** 7768 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements 7769 * @ies: FT IEs 7770 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 7771 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 7772 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 7773 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 7774 */ 7775 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 7776 const u8 *ies; 7777 size_t ies_len; 7778 const u8 *target_ap; 7779 const u8 *ric_ies; 7780 size_t ric_ies_len; 7781 }; 7782 7783 /** 7784 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 7785 * @netdev: network device 7786 * @ft_event: IE information 7787 */ 7788 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7789 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 7790 7791 /** 7792 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 7793 * @ies: the input IE buffer 7794 * @len: the input length 7795 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 7796 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 7797 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 7798 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 7799 * 7800 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 7801 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 7802 * 7803 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 7804 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 7805 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 7806 */ 7807 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7808 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 7809 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 7810 7811 /** 7812 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 7813 * @ies: the IE buffer 7814 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7815 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7816 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7817 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7818 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7819 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 7820 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 7821 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7822 * 7823 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7824 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7825 * split. 7826 * 7827 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7828 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7829 * 7830 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7831 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7832 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7833 * 7834 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7835 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7836 * of the buffer should be used. 7837 */ 7838 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7839 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 7840 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 7841 size_t offset); 7842 7843 /** 7844 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 7845 * @ies: the IE buffer 7846 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7847 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7848 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7849 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7850 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7851 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7852 * 7853 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7854 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7855 * split. 7856 * 7857 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7858 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7859 * 7860 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7861 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7862 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7863 * 7864 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7865 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7866 * of the buffer should be used. 7867 */ 7868 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7869 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 7870 { 7871 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 7872 } 7873 7874 /** 7875 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 7876 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 7877 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 7878 * @gfp: allocation flags 7879 * 7880 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 7881 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 7882 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 7883 * else caused the wakeup. 7884 */ 7885 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7886 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 7887 gfp_t gfp); 7888 7889 /** 7890 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 7891 * 7892 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 7893 * @gfp: allocation flags 7894 * 7895 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 7896 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 7897 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 7898 */ 7899 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 7900 7901 /** 7902 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 7903 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7904 * 7905 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 7906 */ 7907 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7908 7909 /** 7910 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 7911 * 7912 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7913 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7914 * 7915 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 7916 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 7917 * the interface combinations. 7918 */ 7919 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7920 struct iface_combination_params *params); 7921 7922 /** 7923 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 7924 * 7925 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7926 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7927 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 7928 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 7929 * 7930 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 7931 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 7932 * purposes. 7933 */ 7934 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7935 struct iface_combination_params *params, 7936 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 7937 void *data), 7938 void *data); 7939 7940 /* 7941 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 7942 * 7943 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7944 * @wdev: wireless device 7945 * @gfp: context flags 7946 * 7947 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 7948 * disconnected. 7949 * 7950 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 7951 */ 7952 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7953 gfp_t gfp); 7954 7955 /** 7956 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 7957 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 7958 * 7959 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 7960 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 7961 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 7962 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 7963 * 7964 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 7965 * the driver while the function is running. 7966 */ 7967 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7968 7969 /** 7970 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 7971 * 7972 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7973 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7974 * 7975 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7976 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7977 */ 7978 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7979 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7980 { 7981 u8 *ft_byte; 7982 7983 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7984 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 7985 } 7986 7987 /** 7988 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 7989 * 7990 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7991 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7992 * 7993 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7994 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7995 */ 7996 static inline bool 7997 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7998 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7999 { 8000 u8 ft_byte; 8001 8002 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 8003 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 8004 } 8005 8006 /** 8007 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 8008 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 8009 * 8010 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 8011 */ 8012 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 8013 8014 /** 8015 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 8016 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 8017 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 8018 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 8019 * result. 8020 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 8021 * @inst_id: the local instance id 8022 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 8023 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 8024 * @info_len: the length of the &info 8025 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 8026 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 8027 */ 8028 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 8029 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 8030 u8 inst_id; 8031 u8 peer_inst_id; 8032 const u8 *addr; 8033 u8 info_len; 8034 const u8 *info; 8035 u64 cookie; 8036 }; 8037 8038 /** 8039 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 8040 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 8041 * @match: match notification parameters 8042 * @gfp: allocation flags 8043 * 8044 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 8045 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 8046 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 8047 */ 8048 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8049 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 8050 8051 /** 8052 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 8053 * 8054 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 8055 * @inst_id: the local instance id 8056 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 8057 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 8058 * @gfp: allocation flags 8059 * 8060 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 8061 */ 8062 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8063 u8 inst_id, 8064 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 8065 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 8066 8067 /* ethtool helper */ 8068 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 8069 8070 /** 8071 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 8072 * @netdev: network device 8073 * @params: External authentication parameters 8074 * @gfp: allocation flags 8075 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 8076 */ 8077 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 8078 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 8079 gfp_t gfp); 8080 8081 /** 8082 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 8083 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 8084 * @req: the original measurement request 8085 * @result: the result data 8086 * @gfp: allocation flags 8087 */ 8088 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8089 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 8090 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 8091 gfp_t gfp); 8092 8093 /** 8094 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 8095 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 8096 * @req: the original measurement request 8097 * @gfp: allocation flags 8098 * 8099 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 8100 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 8101 */ 8102 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8103 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 8104 gfp_t gfp); 8105 8106 /** 8107 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 8108 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8109 * @iftype: interface type 8110 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 8111 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 8112 * 8113 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 8114 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 8115 * check_swif is '1'. 8116 */ 8117 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 8118 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 8119 8120 8121 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 8122 8123 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 8124 8125 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 8126 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8127 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8128 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8129 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8130 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8131 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8132 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8133 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8134 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8135 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8136 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8137 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8138 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8139 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8140 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8141 8142 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8143 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8144 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8145 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8146 8147 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8148 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 8149 8150 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8151 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8152 8153 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 8154 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 8155 #else 8156 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8157 ({ \ 8158 if (0) \ 8159 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 8160 0; \ 8161 }) 8162 #endif 8163 8164 /* 8165 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 8166 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 8167 * file/line information and a backtrace. 8168 */ 8169 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8170 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 8171 8172 /** 8173 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 8174 * @netdev: network device 8175 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 8176 * @gfp: allocation flags 8177 */ 8178 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8179 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 8180 gfp_t gfp); 8181 8182 /** 8183 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries 8184 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8185 */ 8186 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8187 8188 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 8189